PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Data Sheet 28/40/44-Pin Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: • Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. • Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. • There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. • Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. • Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.” Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Octopus, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, PIC32 logo, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 2009, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. DS41341E-page 2 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 28/40/44-Pin Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology Devices Included In This Data Sheet: PIC16F72X Devices: • PIC16F722 • PIC16F726 • PIC16F723 • PIC16F727 Extreme Low-Power Management PIC16LF72X with nanoWatt XLP: • Sleep Mode: 20 nA • Watchdog Timer: 500 nA • Timer1 Oscillator: 600 nA @ 32 kHz • PIC16F724 Analog Features: PIC16LF72X Devices: • PIC16LF722 • PIC16LF726 • PIC16LF723 • PIC16LF727 • PIC16LF724 High-Performance RISC CPU: • Only 35 Instructions to Learn: - All single-cycle instructions except branches • Operating Speed: - DC – 20 MHz oscillator/clock input - DC – 200 ns instruction cycle • Up to 8K x 14 Words of Flash Program Memory • Up to 368 Bytes of Data Memory (RAM) • Interrupt Capability • 8-Level Deep Hardware Stack • Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes • Processor Read Access to Program Memory • Pinout Compatible to other 28/40-pin PIC16CXXX and PIC16FXXX Microcontrollers Special Microcontroller Features: • Precision Internal Oscillator: - 16 MHz or 500 kHz operation - Factory calibrated to ±1%, typical - Software tunable - Software selectable ÷1, ÷2, ÷4 or ÷8 divider • 1.8V-5.5V Operation – PIC16F72X • 1.8V-3.6V Operation – PIC16LF72X • Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Brown-out Reset (BOR): - Selectable between two trip points - Disable in Sleep option • Programmable Code Protection • In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) via Two Pins • Multiplexed Master Clear with Pull-up/Input Pin • Industrial and Extended Temperature Range • High-Endurance Flash Cell: - 1,000 write Flash endurance (typical) - Flash retention: > 40 years • Power-Saving Sleep mode © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. • A/D Converter: - 8-bit resolution and up to 14 channels - Conversion available during Sleep - Selectable 1.024/2.048/4.096V voltage reference • On-chip 3.2V Regulator (PIC16F72X devices only) Peripheral Highlights: • Up to 35 I/O Pins and 1 Input-only Pin: - High-current source/sink for direct LED drive - Interrupt-on-pin change - Individually programmable weak pull-ups • Timer0: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Prescaler • Enhanced Timer1: - Dedicated low-power 32 kHz oscillator - 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler - External Gate Input mode with toggle and single shot modes - Interrupt-on-gate completion • Timer2: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Period Register, Prescaler and Postscaler • Two Capture, Compare, PWM (CCP) Modules: - 16-bit Capture, max. resolution 12.5 ns - 16-bit Compare, max. resolution 200 ns - 10-bit PWM, max. frequency 20 kHz • Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (AUSART) • Synchronous Serial Port (SSP): - SPI (Master/Slave) - I2CTM (Slave) with Address Mask • mTouchTM Sensing Oscillator Module: - Up to 16 input channels DS41341E-page 3 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Device PIC16F722/ PIC16LF722 PIC16F723/ PIC16LF723 PIC16F724/ PIC16LF724 PIC16F726/ PIC16LF726 PIC16F727/ PIC16LF727 DS41341E-page 4 Program Memory Flash (words) SRAM (bytes) I/Os Interrupts 8-bit A/D (ch) AUSART CCP Timers 8/16-bit 2048 128 25 12 11 Yes 2 2/1 4096 192 25 12 11 Yes 2 2/1 4096 192 36 12 14 Yes 2 2/1 8192 368 25 12 11 Yes 2 2/1 8192 368 36 12 14 Yes 2 2/1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Pin Diagrams – 28-PIN PDIP/SOIC/SSOP/QFN/UQFN (PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726) PDIP, SOIC, SSOP 1 28 RB7/ICSPDAT 2 27 RB6/ICSPCLK AN1/RA1 3 26 RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G AN2/RA2 4 25 RB4/AN11/CPS4 24 23 RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2(1) VREF/AN3/RA3 5 T0CKI/CPS6/RA4 6 VCAP(3)/SS(2)/CPS7/AN4/RA5 7 VSS 8 CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 9 PIC16F722/723/726/ PIC16LF722/723/726 VPP/MCLR/RE3 VCAP(3)/SS(2)/AN0/RA0 RB2/AN8/CPS2 22 21 RB1/AN10/CPS1 RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT 20 VDD 19 (1) CCP2 /T1OSI/RC1 12 17 RC6/TX/CK CCP1/RC2 SCL/SCK/RC3 13 16 RC5/SDO 14 15 RC4/SDI/SDA T1CKI/T1OSO/RC0 11 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 QFN, UQFN RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0/SS(2)/VCAP(3) 10 RE3/MCLR/VPP RB7/ICSPDAT RB6/ICSPCLK RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G RB4/AN11/CPS4 18 VSS RC7/RX/DT VCAP(3)/CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 1 2 3 PIC16F722/723/726/ 4 PIC16LF722/723/726 5 6 7 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2(1) RB2/AN8/CPS2 RB1/AN10/CPS1 RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT VDD VSS RC7/RX/DT CCP1/RC2 SCL/SCK/RC3 SDA/SDI/RC4 SDO/RC5 CK/TX/RC6 T1CKI/T1OSO/RC0 CCP2(1)/T1OSI/RC1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 AN2/RA2 VREF/AN3/RA3 T0CKI/CPS6/RA4 VCAP(3)/SS(2)/CPS7/AN4/RA5 VSS CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 VCAP(3)/CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 Note 1: CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. 2: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 3: PIC16F722/723/726 devices only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 5 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 1: 28-PIN PDIP/SOIC/SSOP/QFN/UQFN SUMMARY (PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726) I/O 28-Pin PDIP, SOIC, SSOP 28-Pin QFN, UQFN A/D Cap Sensor Timers CCP AUSART SSP RA0 2 27 AN0 — — — — SS(3) — — VCAP(4) RA1 3 28 AN1 — — — — — — — — RA2 4 1 AN2 — — — — — — — — RA3 5 2 AN3/VREF — — — — — — — — Interrupt Pull-Up Basic RA4 6 3 — CPS6 T0CKI — — — — — — RA5 7 4 AN4 CPS7 — — — SS(3) — — VCAP(4) RA6 10 7 — — — — — — — — OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP(4) RA7 9 6 — — — — — — — — OSC1/CLKIN RB0 21 18 AN12 CPS0 — — — — IOC/INT Y — RB1 22 19 AN10 CPS1 — — — — IOC Y — — RB2 23 20 AN8 CPS2 — — — — IOC Y RB3 24 21 AN9 CPS3 — CCP2(2) — — IOC Y — RB4 25 22 AN11 CPS4 — — — — IOC Y — RB5 26 23 AN13 CPS5 T1G — — — IOC Y — RB6 27 24 — — — — — — IOC Y ICSPCLK/ICDCLK ICSPDAT/ICDDAT RB7 28 25 — — — — — — IOC Y RC0 11 8 — — T1OSO/T1CKI — — — — — — RC1 12 9 — — T1OSI CCP2(2) — — — — — RC2 13 10 — — — CCP1 — — — — — RC3 14 11 — — — — — SCK/SCL — — — — — SDI/SDA — — — — — — SDO — — — RC4 15 12 — — RC5 16 13 — — RC6 17 14 — — — — TX/CK — — — — RC7 18 15 — — — — RX/DT — — — — RE3 1 26 — — — — — — — Y(1) MCLR/VPP — 20 17 — — — — — — — — VDD — 8,19 5,16 — — — — — — — — VSS Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Note: Pull-up enabled only with external MCLR configuration. RC1 is the default pin location for CCP2. RB3 may be selected by changing the CCP2SEL bit in the APFCON register. RA5 is the default pin location for SS. RA0 may be selected by changing the SSSEL bit in the APFCON register. PIC16F72X devices only. The PIC16F72X devices have an internal low dropout voltage regulator. An external capacitor must be connected to one of the available VCAP pins to stabilize the regulator. For more information, see Section 5.0 “Low Dropout (LDO) Voltage Regulator”. The PIC16LF72X devices do not have the voltage regulator and therefore no external capacitor is required. DS41341E-page 6 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Pin Diagrams – 40-PIN PDIP (PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727) VPP/MCLR/RE3 (3) 1 40 RB7/ICSPDAT VCAP /SS /AN0/RA0 2 39 RB6/ICSPCLK AN1/RA1 3 38 RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G AN2/RA2 4 37 RB4/AN11/CPS4 VREF/AN3/RA3 5 36 RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2(1) T0CKI/CPS6/RA4 6 35 RB2/AN8/CPS2 /CPS7/AN4/RA5 AN5/RE0 7 34 33 RB1/AN10/CPS1 RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT AN6/RE1 9 32 VDD AN7/RE2 10 31 VSS VDD 11 30 RD7/CPS15 VSS 12 29 RD6/CPS14 (3) /SS (2) 8 PIC16F724/727/ PIC16LF724/727 VCAP (2) CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 13 28 RD5/CPS13 VCAP(3)/CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 14 27 RD4/CPS12 T1CKI/T1OSO/RC0 15 26 RC7/RX/DT CCP2(1)/T1OSI/RC1 16 25 RC6/TX/CK CCP1/RC2 SCL/SCK/RC3 17 24 RC5/SDO 18 23 CPS8/RD0 19 22 RC4/SDI/SDA RD3/CPS11 CPS9/RD1 20 21 RD2/CPS10 Note 1: CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. 2: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 3: PIC16F724/727 devices only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 7 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 RC6/TX/CK RC5/SDO RC4/SDI/SDA RD3/CPS11 RD2/CPS10 RD1/CPS9 RD0/CPS8 RC3/SCK/SCL RC2/CCP1 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2(1) NC Pin Diagrams – 44-PIN TQFP (PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727) PIC16F724/727/ PIC16LF724/727 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 NC RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP(3) RA7/OSC1/CLKIN VSS VDD RE2/AN7 RE1/AN6 RE0/AN5 RA5/AN4/CPS7/SS(2)/VCAP(3) RA4/CPS6/T0CKI NC NC CPS4/AN11/RB4 T1G/CPS5/AN13/RB5 ICSPCLK/RB6 ICSPDAT/RB7 VPP/MCLR/RE3 VCAP(3)/SS(2)/AN0/RA0 AN1/RA1 AN2/RA2 VREF/AN3/RA3 CPS15/RD7 VSS VDD INT/CPS0/AN12/RB0 CPS1/AN10/RB1 CPS2/AN8/RB2 CCP2(1)/CPS3/AN9/RB3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 DT/RX/RC7 CPS12/RD4 CPS13/RD5 CPS14/RD6 Note 1: CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. 2: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 3: PIC16F724/727 devices only. DS41341E-page 8 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PIC16F724/727/ PIC16LF724/727 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP(3) RA7/OSC1/CLKIN VSS VSS NC VDD RE2/AN7 RE1/AN6 RE0/AN5 RA5/AN4/CPS7/SS(2)/VCAP(3) RA4/CPS6/T0CKI CCP2(1)/CPS3/AN9/RB3 NC CPS4/AN11/RB4 T1G/CPS5/AN13/RB5 ICSPCLK/RB6 ICSPDAT/RB7 VPP/MCLR/RE3 VCAP(3)/SS(2)/AN0/RA0 AN1/RA1 AN2/RA2 VREF/AN3/RA3 DT/RX/RC7 CPS12/RD4 CPS13/RD5 CPS14/RD6 CPS15/RD7 VSS VDD VDD INT/CPS0/AN12/RB0 CPS1/AN10/RB1 CPS2/AN8/RB2 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 RC6/TX/CK RC5/SDO RC4/SDI/SDA RD3/CPS11 RD2/CPS10 RD1/CPS9 RD0/CPS8 RC3/SCK/SCL RC2/CCP1 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2(1) RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI Pin Diagrams – 44-PIN QFN (PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727) Note 1: CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. 2: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 3: PIC16F724/727 devices only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 9 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 40/44-PIN PDIP/TQFP/QFN SUMMARY (PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727) TABLE 2: I/O 40-Pin PDIP 44-Pin TQFP 44-Pin QFN A/D Cap Sensor Timers CCP AUSART SSP RA0 2 19 19 AN0 — — — — SS(3) — — VCAP(4) RA1 3 20 20 AN1 — — — — — — — — RA2 4 21 21 AN2 — — — — — — — — RA3 5 22 22 AN3/VREF — — — — — — — — RA4 6 23 23 — CPS6 T0CKI — — — — — — RA5 7 24 24 AN4 CPS7 — — — SS(3) — — VCAP(4) RA6 14 31 33 — — — — — — — — OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP(4) RA7 13 30 32 — — — — — — — — OSC1/CLKIN RB0 33 8 9 AN12 CPS0 — — — — IOC/INT Y — RB1 34 9 10 AN10 CPS1 — — — — IOC Y — — Interrupt Pull-Up Basic RB2 35 10 11 AN8 CPS2 — — — — IOC Y RB3 36 11 12 AN9 CPS3 — CCP2(2) — — IOC Y — RB4 37 14 14 AN11 CPS4 — — — — IOC Y — RB5 38 15 15 AN13 CPS5 T1G — — — IOC Y — RB6 39 16 16 — — — — — — IOC Y ICSPCLK/ICDCLK RB7 40 17 17 — — — — — — IOC Y ICSPDAT/ICDDAT RC0 15 32 34 — — T1OSO/ T1CKI — — — — — — — RC1 16 35 35 — — T1OSI CCP2(2) — — — — RC2 17 36 36 — — — CCP1 — — — — — RC3 18 37 37 — — — — — SCK/SCL — — — RC4 23 42 42 — — — — SDI/SDA — — — RC5 24 43 43 — — — — SDO — — — RC6 25 44 44 — — — — TX/CK — — — — RC7 26 1 1 — — — — RX/DT — — — — RD0 19 38 38 — CPS8 — — — — — — — RD1 20 39 39 — CPS9 — — — — — — — RD2 21 40 40 — CPS10 — — — — — — — RD3 22 41 41 — CPS11 — — — — — — — RD4 27 2 2 — CPS12 — — — — — — — RD5 28 3 3 — CPS13 — — — — — — — RD6 29 4 4 — CPS14 — — — — — — — RD7 30 5 5 — CPS15 — — — — — — — RE0 8 25 25 AN5 — — — — — — — — RE1 9 26 26 AN6 — — — — — — — — RE2 10 27 27 AN7 — — — — — — — — RE3 1 18 18 — — — — — — — Y(1) MCLR/VPP — 11,32 7,20 7,8,28 — — — — — — — — VDD — 12,13 6,29 6,30,31 — — — — — — — — VSS Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Note: Pull-up enabled only with external MCLR configuration. RC1 is the default pin location for CCP2. RB3 may be selected by changing the CCP2SEL bit in the APFCON register. RA5 is the default pin location for SS. RA0 may be selected by changing the SSSEL bit in the APFCON register. PIC16F72X devices only. The PIC16F72X devices have an internal low dropout voltage regulator. An external capacitor must be connected to one of the available VCAP pins to stabilize the regulator. For more information, see Section 5.0 “Low Dropout (LDO) Voltage Regulator”. The PIC16LF72X devices do not have the voltage regulator and therefore no external capacitor is required. DS41341E-page 10 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Table of Contents 1.0 Device Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................... 13 2.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................ 19 3.0 Resets ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 33 4.0 Interrupts ................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 5.0 Low Dropout (LDO) Voltage Regulator ..................................................................................................................................... 51 6.0 I/O Ports .................................................................................................................................................................................... 53 7.0 Oscillator Module....................................................................................................................................................................... 89 8.0 Device Configuration ................................................................................................................................................................. 95 9.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module ............................................................................................................................... 99 10.0 Fixed Voltage Reference......................................................................................................................................................... 109 11.0 Timer0 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................ 111 12.0 Timer1 Module with Gate Control............................................................................................................................................ 115 13.0 Timer2 Module ........................................................................................................................................................................ 127 14.0 Capacitive Sensing Module..................................................................................................................................................... 129 15.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Module .................................................................................................................................. 135 16.0 Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (AUSART) .......................................................... 145 17.0 SSP Module Overview ............................................................................................................................................................ 167 18.0 Program Memory Read ........................................................................................................................................................... 189 19.0 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ..................................................................................................................................................... 193 20.0 In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) .............................................................................................................................. 195 21.0 Instruction Set Summary ......................................................................................................................................................... 197 22.0 Development Support.............................................................................................................................................................. 207 23.0 Electrical Specifications........................................................................................................................................................... 211 24.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts ...................................................................................................................... 241 25.0 Packaging Information............................................................................................................................................................. 277 Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History......................................................................................................................................... 291 Appendix B: Migrating From Other PIC® Devices............................................................................................................................. 291 The Microchip Web Site .................................................................................................................................................................... 299 Customer Change Notification Service ............................................................................................................................................. 299 Customer Support ............................................................................................................................................................................. 299 Reader Response ............................................................................................................................................................................. 300 Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 301 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 11 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products. DS41341E-page 12 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X devices are covered by this data sheet. They are available in 28/40/44-pin packages. Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices and Figure 1-2 shows a block diagram of the PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 devices. Table 1-1 shows the pinout descriptions. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 13 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 1-1: PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 BLOCK DIAGRAM PORTA Configuration 13 Program Counter Flash Program Memory Program Bus 8 Level Stack (13-bit) 14 RA0 RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 8 Data Bus RAM PORTB 9 RAM Addr Addr MUX Instruction Instruction Reg reg 7 Direct Addr 8 Indirect Addr FSR FSR Reg reg STATUS STATUS Reg reg PORTC 8 3 Power-up Timer Oscillator Start-up Timer Instruction Decode Decodeand & Control Timing Generation OSC2/CLKOUT MUX PORTE 8 RE3 Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset LDO(1) Regulator Internal Oscillator Block RC0 RC1 RC2 RC3 RC4 RC5 RC6 RC7 ALU Power-on Reset OSC1/CLKIN RB0 RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 RB5 RB6 RB7 W W Reg reg CCP1 CCP1 MCLR VDD VSS CCP2 CCP2 T1OSI T1OSO Timer1 32 kHz Oscillator TX/CK RX/DT T0CKI Timer0 VREF T1G SDI/ SCK/ SDO SDA SCL SS T1CKI Timer1 Timer2 AUSART AUSART Synchronous Serial Port Analog-To-Digital Converter Capacitive Sensing Module AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN8 AN9 AN10 AN11 AN12 AN13 CPS0 CPS1 CPS2 CPS3 CPS4 CPS5 CPS6 CPS7 Note 1: PIC16F722/723/726 only. DS41341E-page 14 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 1-2: PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 BLOCK DIAGRAM PORTA Configuration 13 Program Counter Flash Program Memory Program Bus 8 Level Stack (13-bit) RA0 RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 8 Data Bus RAM 14 PORTB 9 RAM Addr RB0 RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 RB5 RB6 RB7 Addr MUX Instruction Instruction Reg reg 7 Direct Addr 8 Indirect Addr FSR reg Reg FSR STATUS STATUS Reg reg 8 3 Power-up Timer Instruction Decode Decodeand & Control OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT Timing Generation Internal Oscillator Block Oscillator Start-up Timer PORTC RC0 RC1 RC2 RC3 RC4 RC5 RC6 RC7 MUX ALU Power-on Reset PORTD 8 Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset LDO(1) Regulator RD0 RD1 RD2 RD3 RD4 RD5 RD6 RD7 W Reg CCP1 CCP1 PORTE RE0 MCLR VDD T1OSI T1OSO T0CKI Timer0 VREF VSS RE1 CCP2 CCP2 RE3 Timer1 32 kHz Oscillator T1G RE2 TX/CK RX/DT SDI/ SCK/ SDO SDA SCL SS AUSART Synchronous Serial Port T1CKI Timer1 Timer2 Analog-To-Digital Converter AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 AN8 AN9 AN10 AN11 AN12 AN13 Capacitive Sensing Module CPS0 CPS1 CPS2 CPS3 CPS4 CPS5 CPS6 CPS7 CPS8 CPS9 CPS10 CPS11 CPS12 CPS13 CPS14 CPS15 Note 1: PIC16F724/727 only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 15 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 1-1: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PINOUT DESCRIPTION Name RA0/AN0/SS/VCAP RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA3/AN3/VREF RA4/CPS6/T0CKI RA5/AN4/CPS7/SS/VCAP RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP RA7/OSC1/CLKIN RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT RB1/AN10/CPS1 RB2/AN8/CPS2 RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2 Function Input Type RA0 TTL AN0 AN — SS ST — Power Power RA1 TTL AN1 AN RA2 TTL AN2 AN RA3 TTL AN3 AN VREF AN RA4 TTL Description CMOS General purpose I/O. VCAP A/D Channel 0 input. Slave Select input. Filter capacitor for Voltage Regulator (PIC16F72X only). CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 1 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 2 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 3 input. — A/D Voltage Reference input. CMOS General purpose I/O. CPS6 AN — Capacitive sensing input 6. T0CKI ST — Timer0 clock input. RA5 TTL AN4 AN — CPS7 AN — Capacitive sensing input 7. SS ST — Slave Select input. VCAP Power RA6 TTL OSC2 — CLKOUT — VCAP Power RA7 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. Power A/D Channel 4 input. Filter capacitor for Voltage Regulator (PIC16F72X only). CMOS General purpose I/O. XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes). CMOS FOSC/4 output. Power Filter capacitor for Voltage Regulator (PIC16F72X only). CMOS General purpose I/O. OSC1 XTAL — Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes). CLKIN CMOS — External clock input (EC mode). — RC oscillator connection (RC mode). CLKIN ST RB0 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. AN12 AN — CPS0 AN — Capacitive sensing input 0. INT ST — External interrupt. RB1 TTL A/D Channel 12 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. AN10 AN — A/D Channel 10 input. CPS1 AN — Capacitive sensing input 1. RB2 TTL AN8 AN CPS2 AN RB3 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. — A/D Channel 8 input. — Capacitive sensing input 2. CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. AN9 AN — A/D Channel 9 input. CPS3 AN — Capacitive sensing input 3. CCP2 ST Legend: AN = Analog input or output TTL = TTL compatible input HV = High Voltage DS41341E-page 16 Output Type CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM2. CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C XTAL = Crystal levels © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 1-1: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Name RB4/AN11/CPS4 RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G RB6/ICSPCLK/ICDCLK RB7/ICSPDAT/ICDDAT RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 RC2/CCP1 RC3/SCK/SCL RC4/SDI/SDA RC5/SDO RC6/TX/CK RC7/RX/DT RD0/CPS8 RD1/CPS9 RD2/CPS10 Function Input Type RB4 TTL Description CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. AN11 AN — A/D Channel 11 input. CPS4 AN — Capacitive sensing input 4. RB5 TTL AN13 AN CPS5 AN — Capacitive sensing input 5. T1G ST — Timer1 Gate input. RB6 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. — A/D Channel 13 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. ICSPCLK ST — Serial Programming Clock. ICDCLK ST — In-Circuit Debug Clock. RB7 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. Individually controlled interrupt-on-change. Individually enabled pull-up. ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O. ICDDAT ST — In-Circuit Data I/O. RC0 ST T1OSO XTAL XTAL T1CKI ST — RC1 ST T1OSI XTAL CCP2 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM2. CMOS General purpose I/O. Timer1 oscillator connection. Timer1 clock input. CMOS General purpose I/O. XTAL Timer1 oscillator connection. RC2 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. CCP1 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM1. RC3 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. SCK ST CMOS SPI clock. SCL I2C™ RC4 ST OD I2C™ clock. CMOS General purpose I/O. SDI ST — SPI data input. SDA I2C™ OD I2C™ data input/output. RC5 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. SDO — CMOS SPI data output. RC6 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. TX — CMOS USART asynchronous transmit. CK ST CMOS USART synchronous clock. RC7 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. RX ST DT ST CMOS USART synchronous data. RD0 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. CPS8 AN RD1 ST CPS9 AN RD2 ST CPS10 AN Legend: AN = Analog input or output TTL = TTL compatible input HV = High Voltage © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Output Type — — USART asynchronous input. Capacitive sensing input 8. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 9. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 10. CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C XTAL = Crystal levels DS41341E-page 17 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 1-1: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Name RD3/CPS11 RD4/CPS12 RD5/CPS13 RD6/CPS14 RD7/CPS15 Function Input Type RD3 ST CPS11 AN RD4 ST CPS12 AN RD5 ST CPS13 AN RD6 ST CPS14 AN RD7 ST CPS15 AN RE0/AN5 RE0 ST AN5 AN RE1/AN6 RE1 ST AN6 AN RE2/AN7 RE2 ST RE3/MCLR/VPP Output Type Description CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 11. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 12. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 13. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 14. CMOS General purpose I/O. — Capacitive sensing input 15. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 5 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 6 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. AN7 AN — A/D Channel 7 input. RE3 TTL — General purpose input. MCLR ST — Master Clear with internal pull-up. VPP HV — Programming voltage. VDD VDD Power — Positive supply. VSS VSS Power — Ground reference. Legend: AN = Analog input or output TTL = TTL compatible input HV = High Voltage Note: CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C XTAL = Crystal levels The PIC16F72X devices have an internal low dropout voltage regulator. An external capacitor must be connected to one of the available VCAP pins to stabilize the regulator. For more information, see Section 5.0 “Low Dropout (LDO) Voltage Regulator”. The PIC16LF72X devices do not have the voltage regulator and therefore no external capacitor is required. DS41341E-page 18 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION 2.1 Program Memory Organization The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X has a 13-bit program counter capable of addressing a 2K x 14 program memory space for the PIC16F722/LF722 (0000h-07FFh), a 4K x 14 program memory space for the PIC16F723/LF723 and PIC16F724/LF724 (0000h-0FFFh) and an 8K x 14 program memory space for the PIC16F726/LF726 and PIC16F727/LF727 (0000h-1FFFh). Accessing a location above the memory boundaries for the PIC16F722/LF722 will cause a wrap-around within the first 2K x 14 program memory space. Accessing a location above the memory boundaries for the PIC16F723/LF723 and PIC16F724/LF724 will cause a wrap-around within the first 4K x 14 program memory space. The Reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h. FIGURE 2-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16F722/LF722 FIGURE 2-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16F723/LF723 AND PIC16F724/LF724 PC<12:0> CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW 13 Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 8 On-chip Program Memory Reset Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 07FFh 0800h Page 1 PC<12:0> CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW 0FFFh 1000h 13 Wraps to Page 0 17FFh 1800h Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Wraps to Page 1 1FFFh Stack Level 8 On-chip Program Memory Reset Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 07FFh 0800h Wraps to Page 0 0FFFh 1000h Wraps to Page 0 17FFh 1800h Wraps to Page 0 1FFFh © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 19 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 2-3: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16F726/LF726 AND PIC16F727/LF727 PC<12:0> CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW 13 Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 8 Reset Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 07FFh 0800h On-chip Program Memory 2.2 The data memory is partitioned into multiple banks which contain the General Purpose Registers (GPRs) and the Special Function Registers (SFRs). Bits RP0 and RP1 are bank select bits. RP1 RP0 0 0 → Bank 0 is selected 0 1 → Bank 1 is selected 1 0 → Bank 2 is selected 1 1 → Bank 3 is selected Each bank extends up to 7Fh (128 bytes). The lower locations of each bank are reserved for the Special Function Registers. Above the Special Function Registers are the General Purpose Registers, implemented as static RAM. All implemented banks contain Special Function Registers. Some frequently used Special Function Registers from one bank are mirrored in another bank for code reduction and quicker access. 2.2.1 Page 1 0FFFh 1000h Page 2 17FFh 1800h Page 3 1FFFh Data Memory Organization GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE The register file is organized as 128 x 8 bits in the PIC16F722/LF722, 192 x 8 bits in the PIC16F723/LF723 and PIC16F724/LF724, and 368 x 8 bits in the PIC16F726/LF726 and PIC16F727/LF727. Each register is accessed either directly or indirectly through the File Select Register (FSR), (Refer to Section 2.5 “Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers”). 2.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The Special Function Registers are registers used by the CPU and peripheral functions for controlling the desired operation of the device (refer to Table 2-1). These registers are static RAM. The Special Function Registers can be classified into two sets: core and peripheral. The Special Function Registers associated with the “core” are described in this section. Those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in the section of that peripheral feature. DS41341E-page 20 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 2-4: PIC16F722/LF722 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS File Address Indirect addr.(*) 00h Indirect addr.(*) 80h Indirect addr.(*) 100h Indirect addr.(*) 180h TMR0 01h OPTION 81h TMR0 101h OPTION 181h PCL 02h PCL 82h PCL 102h PCL 182h STATUS 03h STATUS 83h STATUS 103h STATUS 183h FSR 104h FSR 04h FSR 84h 05h TRISA 85h 105h FSR ANSELA 184h PORTA PORTB 06h TRISB 86h 106h ANSELB 186h PORTC 07h TRISC 87h 107h 187h 188h 08h 88h CPSCON0 108h 185h 189h PORTE 09h TRISE 89h CPSCON1 109h PCLATH 0Ah PCLATH 8Ah PCLATH 10Ah PCLATH 18Ah INTCON 0Bh INTCON 8Bh INTCON 10Bh INTCON 18Bh PIR1 0Ch PIE1 8Ch PMDATL 10Ch PMCON1 18Ch PIR2 0Dh PIE2 8Dh PMADRL 10Dh Reserved 18Dh TMR1L 0Eh PCON 8Eh PMDATH 10Eh Reserved 18Eh TMR1H 0Fh T1GCON 8Fh PMADRH 10Fh Reserved T1CON 10h OSCCON 90h 110h 190h 18Fh TMR2 11h OSCTUNE 91h 111h 191h T2CON 12h PR2 92h 112h 192h SSPBUF 13h SSPADD/SSPMSK 93h 113h 193h SSPCON 14h SSPSTAT 94h 114h 194h CCPR1L 15h WPUB 95h 115h 195h CCPR1H 16h IOCB 96h 116h 196h CCP1CON 17h 97h 117h 197h RCSTA 18h TXSTA 98h 118h 198h TXREG 19h SPBRG 99h 119h 199h RCREG 1Ah 9Ah 11Ah 19Ah CCPR2L 1Bh 9Bh 11Bh 19Bh CCPR2H 1Ch APFCON 9Ch 11Ch 19Ch CCP2CON 1Dh FVRCON 9Dh 11Dh 19Dh ADRES 1Eh 9Eh 11Eh 19Eh ADCON0 1Fh 9Fh 11Fh 19Fh A0h 120h 1A0h EFh 16Fh 1EFh F0h 170h 1F0h ADCON1 20h General Purpose Register 32 Bytes General Purpose Register 96 Bytes BFh C0h Accesses 70h-7Fh 7Fh Bank 0 Legend: * Accesses 70h-7Fh FFh Bank 1 Accesses 70h-7Fh 17Fh Bank 2 1FFh Bank 3 = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. = Not a physical register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 21 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 2-5: PIC16F723/LF723 AND PIC16F724/LF724 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS File Address Indirect addr.(*) 00h Indirect addr.(*) 80h Indirect addr.(*) 100h Indirect addr.(*) 180h TMR0 01h OPTION 81h TMR0 101h OPTION 181h PCL 02h PCL 82h PCL 102h PCL 182h STATUS 03h STATUS 83h STATUS 103h STATUS 183h FSR 104h FSR 04h FSR 84h 05h TRISA 85h 105h FSR ANSELA 184h PORTA PORTB 06h TRISB 86h 106h ANSELB 186h PORTC 07h TRISC 87h 107h PORTD(1) 08h TRISD(1) 88h CPSCON0 185h 187h 108h ANSELD(1) 109h ANSELE(1) 189h 10Ah PCLATH 18Ah 188h PORTE 09h TRISE 89h CPSCON1 PCLATH 0Ah PCLATH 8Ah PCLATH INTCON 0Bh INTCON 8Bh INTCON 10Bh INTCON 18Bh PIR1 0Ch PIE1 8Ch PMDATL 10Ch PMCON1 18Ch PIR2 0Dh PIE2 8Dh PMADRL 10Dh Reserved 18Dh TMR1L 0Eh PCON 8Eh PMDATH 10Eh Reserved 18Eh TMR1H 0Fh T1GCON 8Fh PMADRH 10Fh Reserved T1CON 10h OSCCON 90h 110h 190h 18Fh TMR2 11h OSCTUNE 91h 111h 191h T2CON 12h PR2 92h 112h 192h SSPBUF 13h SSPADD/SSPMSK 93h 113h 193h SSPCON 14h SSPSTAT 94h 114h 194h CCPR1L 15h WPUB 95h 115h 195h CCPR1H 16h IOCB 96h 116h 196h CCP1CON 17h 97h 117h 197h RCSTA 18h TXSTA 98h 118h 198h TXREG 19h SPBRG 99h 119h 199h RCREG 1Ah 9Ah 11Ah 19Ah CCPR2L 1Bh 9Bh 11Bh 19Bh CCPR2H 1Ch APFCON 9Ch 11Ch 19Ch CCP2CON 1Dh FVRCON 9Dh 11Dh 19Dh ADRES 1Eh 9Eh 11Eh 19Eh ADCON0 1Fh 9Fh 11Fh 19Fh A0h General Purpose 120h Register 16 Bytes 12Fh 130h 1A0h ADCON1 20h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes General Purpose Register 96 Bytes EFh Accesses 70h-7Fh Bank 1 1EFh 16Fh Accesses 70h-7Fh FFh 7Fh Bank 0 F0h 170h Accesses 70h-7Fh 17Fh Bank 2 1F0h 1FFh Bank 3 Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. * = Not a physical register. Note 1: PORTD, TRISD, ANSELD and ANSELE are not implemented on the PIC16F723/LF723, read as ‘0’ DS41341E-page 22 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 2-6: PIC16F726/LF726 AND PIC16F727/LF727 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS File Address Indirect addr.(*) 00h Indirect addr.(*) 80h Indirect addr.(*) 100h Indirect addr.(*) 180h TMR0 01h OPTION 81h TMR0 101h OPTION 181h PCL 02h PCL 82h PCL 102h PCL 182h STATUS 03h STATUS 83h STATUS 103h STATUS 183h FSR 104h 184h FSR 04h FSR 84h PORTA 05h TRISA 85h 105h FSR ANSELA PORTB 06h TRISB 86h 106h ANSELB PORTC 07h TRISC 87h 107h PORTD(1) 08h TRISD(1) 88h CPSCON0 108h ANSELD(1) PORTE 09h TRISE 89h CPSCON1 109h ANSELE(1) 189h PCLATH 0Ah PCLATH 8Ah PCLATH 10Ah PCLATH 18Ah INTCON 0Bh INTCON 8Bh INTCON 10Bh INTCON 18Bh PIR1 0Ch PIE1 8Ch PMDATL 10Ch PMCON1 18Ch PIR2 0Dh PIE2 8Dh PMADRL 10Dh Reserved 18Dh TMR1L 0Eh PCON 8Eh PMDATH 10Eh Reserved 18Eh TMR1H 0Fh T1GCON 8Fh PMADRH 10Fh Reserved T1CON 10h OSCCON 90h TMR2 11h OSCTUNE 91h 111h 191h T2CON 12h PR2 92h 112h 192h 186h 187h 110h SSPADD/SSPMSK 93h 185h 188h 18Fh 190h SSPBUF 13h 113h 193h SSPCON 14h SSPSTAT 94h 114h 194h 195h CCPR1L 15h WPUB 95h 115h CCPR1H 16h IOCB 96h 116h CCP1CON 17h 97h RCSTA 18h TXSTA 98h TXREG 19h SPBRG 99h RCREG 1Ah General Purpose Register 16 Bytes 9Ah 117h 118h 119h General Purpose Register 16 Bytes 11Ah 196h 197h 198h 199h 19Ah CCPR2L 1Bh 9Bh 11Bh 19Bh CCPR2H 1Ch APFCON 9Ch 11Ch 19Ch CCP2CON 1Dh FVRCON 9Dh 11Dh 19Dh ADRES 1Eh 9Eh 11Eh 19Eh ADCON0 1Fh 9Fh 11Fh 19Fh A0h 120h 1A0h ADCON1 20h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes General Purpose Register 96 Bytes EFh Accesses 70h-7Fh Bank 0 * Note 1: F0h Bank 1 General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 16Fh Accesses 70h-7Fh FFh 7Fh Legend: General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 170h 1EFh Accesses 70h-7Fh 17Fh Bank 2 1F0h 1FFh Bank 3 = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’, = Not a physical register PORTD, TRISD, ANSELD and ANSELE are not implemented on the PIC16F726/LF726, read as ‘0’ © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 23 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 2-1: Address Name PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Page Bank 0 00h(2) INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx 31,40 01h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx 111,40 02h(2) PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 03h(2) STATUS IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0000 0000 30,40 0001 1xxx 27,40 04h(2) FSR xxxx xxxx 31,40 05h PORTA RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx xxxx 54,40 06h PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx xxxx 63,40 07h PORTC RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx xxxx 73,40 08h(3) PORTD RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx xxxx 80,40 09h PORTE — — — — RE3 RE2(3) RE1(3) RE0(3) ---- xxxx 85,40 0Ah(1, 2) PCLATH — — — 0Bh(2) INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF 0Ch PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF 0Dh PIR2 — — — — — — 0Eh TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 0Fh TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 10h T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 11h TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 12h T2CON 13h SSPBUF 14h SSPCON 15h CCPR1L 16h CCPR1H 17h CCP1CON 18h RCSTA 19h TXREG USART Transmit Data Register 1Ah RCREG 1Bh Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 30,40 RBIF 0000 000x 46,40 TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 49,40 — CCP2IF ---- ---0 50,40 xxxx xxxx 120,40 xxxx xxxx 120,40 TMR1ON 0000 00-0 124,40 0000 0000 127,40 T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 128,40 xxxx xxxx 169,40 0000 0000 186,40 Capture/Compare/PWM Register (LSB) xxxx xxxx 137,40 Capture/Compare/PWM Register (MSB) xxxx xxxx 137,40 — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON — Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 136,40 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 155,40 0000 0000 154,40 USART Receive Data Register 0000 0000 152,40 CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (LSB) xxxx xxxx 137,40 1Ch CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (MSB) xxxx xxxx 137,40 1Dh CCP2CON 136,40 1Eh ADRES 1Fh ADCON0 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 xxxx xxxx 105,41 CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 104,41 A/D Result Register — — x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. These registers can be addressed from any bank. These registers/bits are not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> = 1001. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> ≠ 1001. This bit is always ‘1’ as RE3 is input only. DS41341E-page 24 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 2-1: Address PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Page Bank 1 80h(2) INDF 81h OPTION_REG 82h(2) PCL 83h(2) STATUS Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) RBPU INTEDG T0CS xxxx xxxx 31,40 PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 28,41 0000 0000 30,40 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 27,40 T0SE Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 84h(2) FSR xxxx xxxx 31,40 85h TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 54,41 86h TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 63,41 87h TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 73,41 88h(3) TRISD TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 1111 1111 81,41 89h TRISE — — — — TRISE3(6) TRISE2(3) ---- 1111 85,41 8Ah(1, 2) PCLATH — — — 8Bh(2) INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF 8Ch PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE 8Dh PIE2 — — — — — — 8Eh PCON — — — — — 8Fh T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer TRISE1(3) TRISE0(3) Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 30,40 RBIF 0000 000x 46,40 TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 47,41 — CCP2IE ---- ---0 48,41 — POR BOR ---- --qq 29,41 T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 0000 0x00 125,41 90h OSCCON — — IRCF1 IRCF0 ICSL ICSS — — --10 qq-- 91,41 91h OSCTUNE — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 --00 0000 92,41 92h PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 127,41 93h SSPADD(5) Synchronous Serial Port (I2C™ mode) Address Register 0000 0000 177,41 93h SSPMSK(4) Synchronous Serial Port (I2C™ mode) Address Mask Register 1111 1111 188,41 94h SSPSTAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 0000 0000 187,41 95h WPUB WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 1111 1111 64,41 96h IOCB IOCB7 IOCB6 IOCB5 IOCB4 IOCB3 IOCB2 IOCB1 IOCB0 0000 0000 64,41 97h — 98h TXSTA 99h SPBRG Unimplemented — — CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 154,41 BRG7 BRG6 BRG5 BRG4 BRG3 BRG2 BRG1 BRG0 0000 0000 156,41 9Ah — Unimplemented — — 9Bh — Unimplemented — 9Ch APFCON 9Dh FVRCON 9Eh — 9Fh ADCON1 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: — — — — — — SSSEL FVRRDY FVREN — — — — ADFVR1 CCP2SEL ---- --00 ADFVR0 Unimplemented — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 — — ADREF1 ADREF0 q0-- --00 — 53,41 109,41 — — 0000 --00 105,41 x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. These registers can be addressed from any bank. These registers/bits are not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> = 1001. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> ≠ 1001. This bit is always ‘1’ as RE3 is input only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 25 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 2-1: Address PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Page Bank 2 100h(2) INDF Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx 31,40 101h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx 111,40 102h(2) PCL Program Counter’s (PC) Least Significant Byte 103h(2) STATUS 104h(2) FSR IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0000 0000 30,40 0001 1xxx 27,40 xxxx xxxx 31,40 105h — Unimplemented — — 106h — Unimplemented — — 107h — Unimplemented — — 0--- 0000 133,41 ---- 0000 134,41 108h CPSCON0 CPSON — — 109h CPSCON1 — — — — — — GIE PEIE T0IE 10Ah(1, 2) PCLATH — — CPSRNG1 CPSRNG0 CPSCH3 CPSCH2 CPSOUT T0XCS CPSCH1 CPSCH0 Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 30,40 0000 000x 46,40 189,41 10Bh(2) INTCON 10Ch PMDATL Program Memory Read Data Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx 10Dh PMADRL Program Memory Read Address Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx 189,41 10Eh PMDATH — — --xx xxxx 189,41 10Fh PMADRH — — ---x xxxx 189,41 INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF Program Memory Read Data Register High Byte — Program Memory Read Address Register High Byte Bank 3 180h(2) INDF 181h OPTION_REG 182h(2) PCL 183h(2) STATUS Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) RBPU INTEDG T0CS xxxx xxxx 31,40 PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 28,41 0000 0000 30,40 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 27,40 T0SE Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 184h(2) FSR xxxx xxxx 31,40 185h ANSELA — — ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --11 1111 55,41 186h ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 64,41 187h — 188h ANSELD ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 189h(3) ANSELE — — — 18Ah(1, 2) PCLATH — — — GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF Reserved — — — — — — Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 18Bh(2) INTCON 18Ch PMCON1 Unimplemented — — ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 1111 1111 81,41 — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 ---- -111 86,41 Write Buffer for the upper 5 bits of the Program Counter ---0 0000 30,40 RBIF 0000 000x 46,40 RD 1--- ---0 190,41 18Dh — Unimplemented — — 18Eh — Unimplemented — — 18Fh — Unimplemented — — Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a holding register for the PC<12:8>, whose contents are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter. These registers can be addressed from any bank. These registers/bits are not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> = 1001. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> ≠ 1001. This bit is always ‘1’ as RE3 is input only. DS41341E-page 26 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.2.2.1 STATUS Register The STATUS register, shown in Register 2-1, contains: • the arithmetic status of the ALU • the Reset status • the bank select bits for data memory (SRAM) The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. REGISTER 2-1: R/W-0 It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the STATUS register, because these instructions do not affect any Status bits. For other instructions not affecting any Status bits (Refer to Section 21.0 “Instruction Set Summary”). Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in subtraction. STATUS: STATUS REGISTER R/W-0 IRP For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged). RP1 R/W-0 RP0 R-1 TO R-1 PD R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x Z DC(1) C(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing) 1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h-1FFh) 0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h-FFh) bit 6-5 RP<1:0>: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing) 00 = Bank 0 (00h-7Fh) 01 = Bank 1 (80h-FFh) 10 = Bank 2 (100h-17Fh) 11 = Bank 3 (180h-1FFh) bit 4 TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3 PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2 Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions)(1) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1) 1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order bit of the source register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 27 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.2.2.2 OPTION register Note: The OPTION register, shown in Register 2-2, is a readable and writable register, which contains various control bits to configure: • • • • Timer0/WDT prescaler External RB0/INT interrupt Timer0 Weak pull-ups on PORTB REGISTER 2-2: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for Timer0, assign the prescaler to the WDT by setting PSA bit of the OPTION register to ‘1’. Refer to Section 12.3 “Timer1 Prescaler”. OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual bits in the WPUB register bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin bit 5 T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4) bit 4 T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits DS41341E-page 28 Bit Value Timer0 Rate WDT Rate 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.2.2.3 PCON Register The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits (refer to Table 3-2) to differentiate between a: • • • • Power-on Reset (POR) Brown-out Reset (BOR) Watchdog Timer Reset (WDT) External MCLR Reset The PCON register also controls the software enable of the BOR. The PCON register bits are shown in Register 2-3. REGISTER 2-3: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-q R/W-q — — — — — — POR BOR bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown q = Value depends on condition bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit 1 = No Power-on Reset occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs) bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit 1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred 0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset occurs) Note 1: Set BOREN<1:0> = 01 in the Configuration Word register for this bit to control the BOR. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 29 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.3 PCL and PCLATH The Program Counter (PC) is 13 bits wide. The low byte comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register. The high byte (PC<12:8>) is not directly readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 2-7 shows the two situations for the loading of the PC. The upper example in Figure 2-7 shows how the PC is loaded on a write to PCL (PCLATH<4:0> → PCH). The lower example in Figure 2-7 shows how the PC is loaded during a CALL or GOTO instruction (PCLATH<4:3> → PCH). FIGURE 2-7: LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS PCH PCL 12 8 7 0 PC 8 PCLATH<4:0> 5 Instruction with PCL as Destination ALU Result PCLATH PCH 12 11 10 PCL 8 0 7 PC GOTO, CALL 2 PCLATH<4:3> Note 1: There are no Status bits to indicate stack overflow or stack underflow conditions. 2: There are no instructions/mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE instructions or the vectoring to an interrupt address. 2.4 Program Memory Paging All devices are capable of addressing a continuous 8K word block of program memory. The CALL and GOTO instructions provide only 11 bits of address to allow branching within any 2K program memory page. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the upper 2 bits of the address are provided by PCLATH<4:3>. When doing a CALL or GOTO instruction, the user must ensure that the page select bits are programmed so that the desired program memory page is addressed. If a return from a CALL instruction (or interrupt) is executed, the entire 13-bit PC is POPed off the stack. Therefore, manipulation of the PCLATH<4:3> bits is not required for the RETURN instructions (which POPs the address from the stack). Note: The contents of the PCLATH register are unchanged after a RETURN or RETFIE instruction is executed. The user must rewrite the contents of the PCLATH register for any subsequent subroutine calls or GOTO instructions. 11 OPCODE<10:0> PCLATH 2.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to the Application Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556). 2.3.2 Example 2-1 shows the calling of a subroutine in page 1 of the program memory. This example assumes that PCLATH is saved and restored by the Interrupt Service Routine (if interrupts are used). EXAMPLE 2-1: ORG 500h PAGESEL SUB_P1 ;Select page 1 ;(800h-FFFh) CALL SUB1_P1 ;Call subroutine in : ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) : ORG 900h ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) STACK All devices have an 8-level x 13-bit wide hardware stack (refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-3). The stack space is not part of either program or data space and the Stack Pointer is not readable or writable. The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when a CALL instruction is executed or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation. The stack operates as a circular buffer. This means that after the stack has been PUSHed eight times, the ninth PUSH overwrites the value that was stored from the first PUSH. The tenth PUSH overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). DS41341E-page 30 CALL OF A SUBROUTINE IN PAGE 1 FROM PAGE 0 SUB1_P1 : : RETURN ;called subroutine ;page 1 (800h-FFFh) ;return to ;Call subroutine ;in page 0 ;(000h-7FFh) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 2.5 EXAMPLE 2-2: Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers MOVLW MOVWF BANKISEL NEXT CLRF INCF BTFSS GOTO CONTINUE The INDF register is not a physical register. Addressing the INDF register will cause indirect addressing. Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF register. Any instruction using the INDF register actually accesses data pointed to by the File Select Register (FSR). Reading INDF itself indirectly will produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no operation (although Status bits may be affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit of the STATUS register, as shown in Figure 2-8. INDIRECT ADDRESSING 020h FSR 020h INDF FSR FSR,4 NEXT ;initialize pointer ;to RAM ;clear INDF register ;inc pointer ;all done? ;no clear next ;yes continue A simple program to clear RAM location 020h-02Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 2-2. FIGURE 2-8: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING Direct Addressing RP1 RP0 Bank Select 6 From Opcode Indirect Addressing 0 7 IRP Bank Select Location Select 00 01 10 File Select Register 0 Location Select 11 00h 180h Data Memory 7Fh 1FFh Bank 0 Note: Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 For memory map detail, refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 31 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 32 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 3.0 RESETS The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X differentiates between various kinds of Reset: a) b) c) d) e) f) Power-on Reset (POR) WDT Reset during normal operation WDT Reset during Sleep MCLR Reset during normal operation MCLR Reset during Sleep Brown-out Reset (BOR) A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit is shown in Figure 3-1. Some registers are not affected in any Reset condition; their status is unknown on POR and unchanged in any other Reset. Most other registers are reset to a “Reset state” on: • • • • • Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up since this is viewed as the resumption of normal operation. TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in different Reset situations, as indicated in Table 3-3. These bits are used in software to determine the nature of the Reset. The MCLR Reset path has a noise filter to detect and ignore small pulses. See Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications” for pulse width specifications. Power-on Reset (POR) MCLR Reset MCLR Reset during Sleep WDT Reset Brown-out Reset (BOR) FIGURE 3-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT MCLRE MCLR/VPP Sleep WDT Module WDT Time-out Reset POR Power-on Reset VDD Brown-out(1) Reset BOREN OST/PWRT OST Chip_Reset 10-bit Ripple Counter OSC1/ CLKIN PWRT WDTOSC 11-bit Ripple Counter Enable PWRT Enable OST Note 1: Refer to the Configuration Word Register 1 (Register 8-1). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 33 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 3-1: STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE POR BOR TO PD 0 x 1 1 Power-on Reset or LDO Reset 0 x 0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR 0 x x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR 1 0 1 1 Brown-out Reset 1 1 0 1 WDT Reset 1 1 0 0 WDT Wake-up 1 1 u u MCLR Reset during normal operation 1 1 1 0 MCLR Reset during Sleep or interrupt wake-up from Sleep TABLE 3-2: Condition RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS(2) Program Counter STATUS Register PCON Register Power-on Reset 0000h 0001 1xxx ---- --0x MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h 000u uuuu ---- --uu MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h 0001 0uuu ---- --uu WDT Reset 0000h 0000 1uuu ---- --uu WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu ---- --uu Brown-out Reset 0000h 0001 1uuu ---- --u0 uuu1 0uuu ---- --uu Condition Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 (1) Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address is pushed on the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1. 2: If a Status bit is not implemented, that bit will be read as ‘0’. DS41341E-page 34 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 3.1 MCLR 3.3 The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and ignore small pulses. It should be noted that a Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low. Voltages applied to the pin that exceed its specification can result in both MCLR Resets and excessive current beyond the device specification during the ESD event. For this reason, Microchip recommends that the MCLR pin no longer be tied directly to VDD. The use of an RC network, as shown in Figure 3-2, is suggested. An internal MCLR option is enabled by clearing the MCLRE bit in the Configuration Word register. When MCLRE = 0, the Reset signal to the chip is generated internally. When the MCLRE = 1, the RE3/MCLR pin becomes an external Reset input. In this mode, the RE3/MCLR pin has a weak pull-up to VDD. In-Circuit Serial Programming is not affected by selecting the internal MCLR option. The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 64 ms (nominal) time-out on power-up only, from POR or Brown-out Reset. The Power-up Timer operates from the WDT oscillator. For more information, see Section 7.3 “Internal Clock Modes”. The chip is kept in Reset as long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay allows the VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A Configuration bit, PWRTE, can disable (if set) or enable (if cleared or programmed) the Power-up Timer. The Power-up Timer should be enabled when Brown-out Reset is enabled, although it is not required. The Power-up Timer delay will vary from chip-to-chip and vary due to: • VDD variation • Temperature variation • Process variation See DC parameters for details “Electrical Specifications”). Note: FIGURE 3-2: RECOMMENDED MCLR CIRCUIT VDD ® PIC MCU R1 10 kΩ MCLR C1 0.1 μF 3.4 Power-on Reset (POR) The Power-up Timer is enabled by the PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word. Watchdog Timer (WDT) • Shares an 8-bit prescaler with Timer0 • Time-out period is from 17 ms to 2.2 seconds, nominal • Enabled by a Configuration bit WDT is cleared under certain conditions described in Table 3-1. WDT OSCILLATOR The WDT derives its time base from 31 kHz internal oscillator. Note: The on-chip POR circuit holds the chip in Reset until VDD has reached a high enough level for proper operation. A maximum rise time for VDD is required. See Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications” for details. If the BOR is enabled, the maximum rise time specification does not apply. The BOR circuitry will keep the device in Reset until VDD reaches VBOR (see Section 3.5 “Brown-Out Reset (BOR)”). (Section 23.0 The WDT has the following features: 3.4.1 3.2 Power-up Timer (PWRT) When the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is invoked, the WDT is held in Reset, because the WDT Ripple Counter is used by the OST to perform the oscillator delay count. When the OST count has expired, the WDT will begin counting (if enabled). When the device starts normal operation (exits the Reset condition), device operating parameters (i.e., voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in Reset until the operating conditions are met. For additional information, refer to Application Note AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 35 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 3.4.2 WDT CONTROL The WDTE bit is located in the Configuration Word Register 1. When set, the WDT runs continuously. The PSA and PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION register control the WDT period. See Section 11.0 “Timer0 Module” for more information. FIGURE 3-1: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM T1GSS = 11 TMR1GE From TMR0 Clock Source WDTE Low-Power WDT OSC 0 Divide by 512 Postscaler 1 8 PS<2:0> TO TMR0 PSA 0 1 WDT Reset To T1G WDTE TABLE 3-1: WDT STATUS Conditions WDTE = 0 WDT Cleared CLRWDT Command Exit Sleep + System Clock = T1OSC, EXTRC, INTOSC, EXTCLK Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP DS41341E-page 36 Cleared until the end of OST © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 3.5 Brown-Out Reset (BOR) If VDD falls below VBOR for greater than parameter (TBOR) (see Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”), the Brown-out situation will reset the device. This will occur regardless of VDD slew rate. A Reset is not ensured to occur if VDD falls below VBOR for more than parameter (TBOR). Brown-out Reset is enabled by programming the BOREN<1:0> bits in the Configuration register. The brown-out trip point is selectable from two trip points via the BORV bit in the Configuration register. Between the POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for execution protection can be implemented. If VDD drops below VBOR while the Power-up Timer is running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out Reset and the Power-up Timer will be re-initialized. Once VDD rises above VBOR, the Power-up Timer will execute a 64 ms Reset. Two bits are used to enable the BOR. When BOREN = 11, the BOR is always enabled. When BOREN = 10, the BOR is enabled, but disabled during Sleep. When BOREN = 0X, the BOR is disabled. FIGURE 3-3: Note: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS VDD Internal Reset VBOR 64 ms(1) VDD Internal Reset VBOR < 64 ms 64 ms(1) VDD Internal Reset Note 1: When erasing Flash program memory, the BOR is forced to enabled at the minimum BOR setting to guarantee that any code protection circuitry is operating properly. VBOR 64 ms(1) 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 37 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 3.6 Time-out Sequence 3.7 On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows: first, PWRT time-out is invoked after POR has expired, then OST is activated after the PWRT time-out has expired. The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and PWRTE bit status. For example, in EC mode with PWRTE bit = 1 (PWRT disabled), there will be no time-out at all. Figure 3-4, Figure 3-5 and Figure 3-6 depict time-out sequences. The Power Control (PCON) register has two Status bits to indicate what type of Reset that last occurred. Bit 0 is BOR (Brown-out Reset). BOR is unknown on Power-on Reset. It must then be set by the user and checked on subsequent Resets to see if BOR = 0, indicating that a Brown-out has occurred. The BOR Status bit is a “don’t care” and is not necessarily predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled (BOREN<1:0> = 00 in the Configuration Word register). Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire. Then, bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately (see Figure 3-5). This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16F72X/ PIC16LF72X device operating in parallel. Bit 1 is POR (Power-on Reset). It is a ‘0’ on Power-on Reset and unaffected otherwise. The user must write a ‘1’ to this bit following a Power-on Reset. On a subsequent Reset, if POR is ‘0’, it will indicate that a Power-on Reset has occurred (i.e., VDD may have gone too low). Table 3-3 shows the Reset conditions for some special registers. TABLE 3-2: Power Control (PCON) Register For more information, see Section 3.5 “Brown-Out Reset (BOR)”. TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS Power-up Brown-out Reset PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1 PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1 Wake-up from Sleep TPWRT + 1024 • TOSC 1024 • TOSC TPWRT + 1024 • TOSC 1024 • TOSC 1024 • TOSC TPWRT — TPWRT — — Oscillator Configuration XT, HS, LP(1) RC, EC, INTOSC Note 1: LP mode with T1OSC disabled. TABLE 3-3: RESET BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE POR BOR TO PD 0 u 1 1 Power-on Reset 1 0 1 1 Brown-out Reset u u 0 u WDT Reset u u 0 0 WDT Wake-up u u u u MCLR Reset during normal operation u u 1 0 MCLR Reset during Sleep Condition Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown DS41341E-page 38 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 3-4: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR): CASE 1 VDD MCLR Internal POR TPWRT PWRT Time-out TOST OST Time-out Internal Reset FIGURE 3-5: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (DELAYED MCLR): CASE 2 VDD MCLR Internal POR TPWRT PWRT Time-out TOST OST Time-out Internal Reset TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR WITH VDD): CASE 3 FIGURE 3-6: VDD MCLR Internal POR TPWRT PWRT Time-out TOST OST Time-out Internal Reset © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 39 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 3-4: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS Register W Address Power-on Reset/ Brown-out Reset(1) MCLR Reset/ WDT Reset Wake-up from Sleep through Interrupt/Time-out — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu INDF 00h/80h/ 100h/180h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TMR0 01h/101h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PCL 02h/82h/ 102h/182h 0000 0000 0000 0000 PC + 1(3) STATUS 03h/83h/ 103h/183h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(4) uuuq quuu(4) FSR 04h/84h/ 104h/184h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PORTA 05h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTB 06h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTC 07h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTD(6) 08h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PORTE 09h ---- xxxx ---- xxxx ---- uuuu PCLATH 0Ah/8Ah/ 10Ah/18Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu INTCON 0Bh/8Bh/ 10Bh/18Bh 0000 000x 0000 000x uuuu uuuu(2) PIR1 0Ch 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(2) PIR2 0Dh ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u TMR1L 0Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu TMR1H 0Fh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu T1CON 10h 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u uuuu uu-u TMR2 11h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu T2CON 12h -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu SSPBUF 13h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu SSPCON 14h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu CCPR1L 15h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPR1H 16h xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP1CON 17h --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu RCSTA 18h 0000 000x 0000 000x uuuu uuuu TXREG 19h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu RCREG 1Ah 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu CCPR2L 1Bh xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPR2H 1Ch xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCP2CON 1Dh --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently. One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 and PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 3-5 for Reset value for specific condition. If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets will cause bit 0 = u. PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 only. DS41341E-page 40 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 3-4: Register ADRES ADCON0 INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS (CONTINUED) Address Power-on Reset/ Brown-out Reset(1) MCLR Reset/ WDT Reset Wake-up from Sleep through Interrupt/Time-out 1Eh xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 1Fh --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu 81h/181h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu TRISA 85h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu TRISB 86h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu OPTION_REG TRISC 87h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu TRISD(6) 88h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu TRISE 89h ---- 1111 ---- 1111 ---- uuuu PIE1 8Ch 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu PIE2 8Dh ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u PCON 8Eh ---- --qq ---- --uu(1,5) ---- --uu T1GCON 8Fh 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu uuuu uxuu OSCCON 90h --10 qq-- --10 qq-- --uu qq-- OSCTUNE 91h --00 0000 --uu uuuu --uu uuuu PR2 92h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu SSPADD 93h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu SSPMSK 93h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu SSPSTAT 94h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu WPUB 95h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu IOCB 96h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu TXSTA 98h 0000 -010 0000 -010 uuuu -uuu SPBRG 99h 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu APFCON 9Ch ---- --00 ---- --00 ---- --uu FVRCON 9Dh q000 --00 q000 --00 uuuu --uu ADCON1 9Fh -000 --00 -000 --00 -uuu --uu CPSCON0 108h 0--- 0000 0--- 0000 u--- uuuu CPSCON1 109h ---- 0000 ---- 0000 ---- uuuu PMDATL 10Ch xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PMADRL 10Dh xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PMDATH 10Eh --xx xxxx --xx xxxx --uu uuuu PMADRH 10Fh ---x xxxx ---x xxxx ---u uuuu ANSELA 185h --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu ANSELB 186h --11 1111 --11 1111 --uu uuuu 188h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu 189h ---- -111 ---- -111 ---- -uuu 18Ch 1--- ---0 1--- ---0 u--- ---u ANSELD (6) ANSELE PMCON1 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently. One or more bits in INTCON and/or PIR1 and PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 3-5 for Reset value for specific condition. If Reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other Resets will cause bit 0 = u. PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 41 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 3-5: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS Program Counter STATUS Register PCON Register Power-on Reset 0000h 0001 1xxx ---- --0x MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h 000u uuuu ---- --uu MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h 0001 0uuu ---- --uu WDT Reset 0000h 0000 uuuu ---- --uu WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu ---- --uu Brown-out Reset 0000h 0001 1xxx ---- --10 uuu1 0uuu ---- --uu Condition Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 (1) Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE, is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1. - TABLE 3-6: Name STATUS PCON Legend: Note 1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z — — — — — — Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets(1) DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu POR BOR ---- --qq ---- --uu Bit 1 u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not used by Resets. Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation. DS41341E-page 42 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.0 INTERRUPTS The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X device family features an interruptible core, allowing certain events to preempt normal program flow. An Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) is used to determine the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from Sleep mode. The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X device family has 12 interrupt sources, differentiated by corresponding interrupt enable and flag bits: • • • • • • • • • • • • Timer0 Overflow Interrupt External Edge Detect on INT Pin Interrupt PORTB Change Interrupt Timer1 Gate Interrupt A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt AUSART Receive Interrupt AUSART Transmit Interrupt SSP Event Interrupt CCP1 Event Interrupt Timer2 Match with PR2 Interrupt Timer1 Overflow Interrupt CCP2 Event Interrupt A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in Figure 4-1. FIGURE 4-1: INTERRUPT LOGIC IOC-RB0 IOCB0 IOC-RB1 IOCB1 IOC-RB2 IOCB2 IOC-RB3 IOCB3 IOC-RB4 IOCB4 IOC-RB5 IOCB5 IOC-RB6 IOCB6 IOC-RB7 IOCB7 SSPIF SSPIE TXIF TXIE RCIF RCIE TMR2IF TMR2IE TMR1IF TMR1IE ADIF ADIE TMR1GIF TMR1GIE Wake-up (If in Sleep mode)(1) T0IF T0IE Interrupt to CPU INTF INTE RBIF RBIE PEIE GIE CCP1IF CCP1IE CCP2IF CCP2IE © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Note 1: Some peripherals depend upon the system clock for operation. Since the system clock is suspended during Sleep, these peripherals will not wake the part from Sleep. See Section 19.1 “Wake-up from Sleep”. DS41341E-page 43 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.1 Operation repeated interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded through its Interrupt Flag, but will not cause the processor to redirect to the interrupt vector. Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They are enabled by setting the following bits: • GIE bit of the INTCON register • Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt event(s) • PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the PIE1 and PIE2 registers) The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the previous address from the stack and setting the GIE bit. For additional information on a specific interrupt’s operation, refer to its peripheral chapter. Note 1: Individual Interrupt Flag bits are set, regardless of the state of any other enable bits. The INTCON, PIR1 and PIR2 registers record individual interrupts via Interrupt Flag bits. Interrupt Flag bits will be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE and individual Interrupt Enable bits. 2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced when the GIE bit is set again. The following events happen when an interrupt event occurs while the GIE bit is set: • Current prefetched instruction is flushed • GIE bit is cleared • Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the stack • PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h 4.2 Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous interrupts is 3 instruction cycles. For asynchronous interrupts, the latency is 3 to 4 instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt occurs. See Figure 4-2 for timing details. The ISR determines the source of the interrupt by polling the Interrupt Flag bits. The Interrupt Flag bits must be cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid FIGURE 4-2: Interrupt Latency INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 CLKOUT (3) (4) INT pin (1) (1) INTF flag (INTCON<1>) Interrupt Latency (2) (5) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction Fetched Instruction Executed Note 1: PC Inst (PC) Inst (PC – 1) PC + 1 Inst (PC + 1) Inst (PC) PC + 1 — Dummy Cycle 0004h 0005h Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h) Dummy Cycle Inst (0004h) INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-4 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time. Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction. 3: CLKOUT is available only in INTOSC and RC Oscillator modes. 4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. 5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles. DS41341E-page 44 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.3 Interrupts During Sleep Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to operate without the system clock. The interrupt source must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set prior to entering Sleep. On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise, the processor will continue executing instructions after the SLEEP instruction. The instruction directly after the SLEEP instruction will always be executed before branching to the ISR. Refer to the Section 19.0 “Power-Down Mode (Sleep)” for more details. 4.4 INT Pin The external interrupt, INT pin, causes an asynchronous, edge-triggered interrupt. The INTEDG bit of the OPTION register determines on which edge the interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. When the INTEDG bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the interrupt. The INTF bit of the INTCON register will be set when a valid edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and INTE bits are also set, the processor will redirect program execution to the interrupt vector. This interrupt is disabled by clearing the INTE bit of the INTCON register. 4.5 Context Saving When an interrupt occurs, only the return PC value is saved to the stack. If the ISR modifies or uses an instruction that modifies key registers, their values must be saved at the beginning of the ISR and restored when the ISR completes. This prevents instructions EXAMPLE 4-1: following the ISR from using invalid data. Examples of key registers include the W, STATUS, FSR and PCLATH registers. Note: The microcontroller does not normally require saving the PCLATH register. However, if computed GOTO’s are used, the PCLATH register must be saved at the beginning of the ISR and restored when the ISR is complete to ensure correct program flow. The code shown in Example 4-1 can be used to do the following. • • • • • • • Save the W register Save the STATUS register Save the PCLATH register Execute the ISR program Restore the PCLATH register Restore the STATUS register Restore the W register Since most instructions modify the W register, it must be saved immediately upon entering the ISR. The SWAPF instruction is used when saving and restoring the W and STATUS registers because it will not affect any bits in the STATUS register. It is useful to place W_TEMP in shared memory because the ISR cannot predict which bank will be selected when the interrupt occurs. The processor will branch to the interrupt vector by loading the PC with 0004h. The PCLATH register will remain unchanged. This requires the ISR to ensure that the PCLATH register is set properly before using an instruction that causes PCLATH to be loaded into the PC. See Section 2.3 “PCL and PCLATH” for details on PC operation. SAVING W, STATUS AND PCLATH REGISTERS IN RAM MOVWF SWAPF W_TEMP STATUS,W BANKSEL MOVWF MOVF MOVWF : :(ISR) : BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF SWAPF STATUS_TEMP STATUS_TEMP PCLATH,W PCLATH_TEMP MOVWF SWAPF SWAPF STATUS W_TEMP,F W_TEMP,W ;Copy W to W_TEMP register ;Swap status to be saved into W ;Swaps are used because they do not affect the status bits ;Select regardless of current bank ;Copy status to bank zero STATUS_TEMP register ;Copy PCLATH to W register ;Copy W register to PCLATH_TEMP ;Insert user code here STATUS_TEMP PCLATH_TEMP,W PCLATH STATUS_TEMP,W © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. ;Select regardless of current bank ; ;Restore PCLATH ;Swap STATUS_TEMP register into W ;(sets bank to original state) ;Move W into STATUS register ;Swap W_TEMP ;Swap W_TEMP into W DS41341E-page 45 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.5.1 INTCON REGISTER Note: The INTCON register is a readable and writable register, which contains the various enable and flag bits for TMR0 register overflow, PORTB change and external RB0/INT/SEG0 pin interrupts. REGISTER 4-1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE(1) T0IF(2) INTF RBIF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts 0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts bit 5 T0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt bit 4 INTE: RB0/INT External Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB0/INT external interrupt 0 = Disables the RB0/INT external interrupt bit 3 RBIE: PORTB Change Interrupt Enable bit(1) 1 = Enables the PORTB change interrupt 0 = Disables the PORTB change interrupt bit 2 T0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit(2) 1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR0 register did not overflow bit 1 INTF: RB0/INT External Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The RB0/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = The RB0/INT external interrupt did not occur bit 0 RBIF: PORTB Change Interrupt Flag bit 1 = When at least one of the PORTB general purpose I/O pins changed state (must be cleared in software) 0 = None of the PORTB general purpose I/O pins have changed state Note 1: 2: The appropriate bits in the IOCB register must also be set. T0IF bit is set when Timer0 rolls over. Timer0 is unchanged on Reset and should be initialized before clearing T0IF bit. DS41341E-page 46 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.5.2 PIE1 REGISTER The PIE1 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in Register 4-2. REGISTER 4-2: Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enable the Timer1 Gate Acquisition complete interrupt 0 = Disable the Timer1 Gate Acquisition complete interrupt bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the ADC interrupt 0 = Disables the ADC interrupt bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt 0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt 0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt bit 3 SSPIE: Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the SSP interrupt 0 = Disables the SSP interrupt bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS41341E-page 47 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.5.3 PIE2 REGISTER The PIE2 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in Register 4-3. REGISTER 4-3: Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — CCP2IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP2 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP2 interrupt DS41341E-page 48 x = Bit is unknown © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.5.4 PIR1 REGISTER The PIR1 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in Register 4-4. REGISTER 4-4: Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the Global Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Timer1 Gate is inactive 0 = Timer1 Gate is active bit 6 ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit 1 = A/D conversion complete (must be cleared in software) 0 = A/D conversion has not completed or has not been started bit 5 RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART receive buffer is full (cleared by reading RCREG) 0 = The USART receive buffer is not full bit 4 TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART transmit buffer is empty (cleared by writing to TXREG) 0 = The USART transmit buffer is full bit 3 SSPIF: Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The Transmission/Reception is complete (must be cleared in software) 0 = Waiting to Transmit/Receive bit 2 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit Capture mode: 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare mode: 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM mode: Unused in this mode bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Interrupt Flag bit 1 = A Timer2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No Timer2 to PR2 match occurred bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = The TMR1 register did not overflow © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 49 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 4.5.5 PIR2 REGISTER The PIR2 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in Register 4-5. REGISTER 4-5: Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the Global Enable bit, GIE of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — CCP2IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit Capture Mode: 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare Mode: 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM mode: Unused in this mode TABLE 4-1: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS Bit 7 INTCON Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 OPTION_REG Legend: - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture, Compare and PWM. DS41341E-page 50 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 5.0 LOW DROPOUT (LDO) VOLTAGE REGULATOR The PIC16F72X devices differ from the PIC16LF72X devices due to an internal Low Dropout (LDO) voltage regulator. The PIC16F72X contain an internal LDO, while the PIC16LF72X do not. The lithography of the die allows a maximum operating voltage of 3.6V on the internal digital logic. In order to continue to support 5.0V designs, a LDO voltage regulator is integrated on the die. The LDO voltage regulator allows for the internal digital logic to operate at 3.2V, while I/O’s operate at 5.0V (VDD). The LDO voltage regulator requires an external bypass capacitor for stability. One of three pins, denoted as VCAP, can be configured for the external bypass capacitor. It is recommended that the capacitor be a ceramic cap between 0.1 to 1.0 µF. The VCAP pin is not intended to supply power to external loads. An external voltage regulator should be used if this functionality is required. In addition, external devices should not supply power to the VCAP pin. On power-up, the external capacitor will look like a large load on the LDO voltage regulator. To prevent erroneous operation, the device is held in Reset while a constant current source charges the external capacitor. After the cap is fully charged, the device is released from Reset. For more information, refer to Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. See Configuration Word 2 register (Register 8-2) for VCAP enable bits. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 51 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 52 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.0 I/O PORTS There are as many as thirty-five general purpose I/O pins available. Depending on which peripherals are enabled, some or all of the pins may not be available as general purpose I/O. In general, when a peripheral is enabled, the associated pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin. 6.1 Alternate Pin Function The Alternate Pin Function Control (APFCON) register is used to steer specific peripheral input and output functions between different pins. The APFCON register is shown in Register 6-1. For this device family, the following functions can be moved between different pins. • SS (Slave Select) • CCP2 REGISTER 6-1: APFCON: ALTERNATE PIN FUNCTION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’. bit 1 SSSEL: SS Input Pin Selection bit 0 = SS function is on RA5/AN4/CPS7/SS/VCAP 1 = SS function is on RA0/AN0/SS/VCAP bit 0 CCP2SEL: CCP2 Input/Output Pin Selection bit 0 = CCP2 function is on RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 1 = CCP2 function is on RB3/CCP2 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS41341E-page 53 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.2 PORTA and the TRISA Registers The TRISA register (Register 6-3) controls the PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISA register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. PORTA is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISA (Register 6-3). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables output driver and puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 6-1 shows how to initialize PORTA. Note: EXAMPLE 6-1: Reading the PORTA register (Register 6-2) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch. REGISTER 6-2: The ANSELA register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF PORTA PORTA ANSELA ANSELA TRISA 0Ch TRISA INITIALIZING PORTA ; ;Init PORTA ; ;digital I/O ; ;Set RA<3:2> as inputs ;and set RA<7:4,1:0> ;as outputs PORTA: PORTA REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown RA<7:0>: PORTA I/O Pin bit 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL REGISTER 6-3: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown TRISA<7:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit 1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTA pin configured as an output DS41341E-page 54 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.2.1 ANSELA REGISTER The ANSELA register (Register 6-4) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. The state of the ANSELA bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. REGISTER 6-4: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 ANSA<5:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<5:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or Digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital Input buffer disabled. Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 55 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.2.2 PIN DESCRIPTIONS AND DIAGRAMS Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions. The pins and their combined functions are briefly described here. For specific information about individual functions such as the A/D Converter (ADC), refer to the appropriate section in this data sheet. 6.2.2.1 RA0/AN0/SS/VCAP 6.2.2.6 Figure 6-4 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • • Figure 6-1 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • a general purpose I/O an analog input for the ADC a slave select input for the SSP(1) a Voltage Regulator Capacitor pin (PIC16F72X only) Note 1: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 6.2.2.2 RA1/AN1 Figure 6-2 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC 6.2.2.3 RA2/AN2 Figure 6-2 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: RA5/AN4/CPS7/SS/VCAP a general purpose I/O an analog input for the ADC a capacitive sensing input a slave select input for the SSP(1) a Voltage Regulator Capacitor pin (PIC16F72X only) Note 1: SS pin location may be selected as RA5 or RA0. 6.2.2.7 RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/VCAP Figure 6-5 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • a general purpose I/O a crystal/resonator connection a clock output a Voltage Regulator Capacitor pin (PIC16F72X only) 6.2.2.8 RA7/OSC1/CLKIN Figure 6-6 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a crystal/resonator connection • a clock input • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC 6.2.2.4 RA3/AN3/VREF Figure 6-2 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC • a voltage reference input for the ADC 6.2.2.5 RA4/CPS6/T0CKI Figure 6-3 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input • a clock input for Timer0 The Timer0 clock input function works independently of any TRIS register setting. Effectively, if TRISA4 = 0, the PORTA4 register bit will output to the pad and Clock Timer0 at the same time. DS41341E-page 56 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA0 PIC16F72X only To Voltage Regulator VCAPEN = 00 VDD Data Bus D WR PORTA Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISA VSS Q CK Q RD TRISA ANSA0 RD PORTA To SSP SS Input To A/D Converter © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 57 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-2: RA<3:1> BLOCK DIAGRAM VDD Data Bus D WR PORTA Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISA VSS Q CK Q RD TRISA ANSAx RD PORTA To A/D Converter FIGURE 6-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA4 VDD Data Bus D WR PORTA I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISA Q Q VSS CK Q RD TRISA ANSA4 RD PORTA To Timer0 Clock MUX To Cap Sensor DS41341E-page 58 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA5 PIC16F72X only To Voltage Regulator VCAPEN = 01 VDD Data Bus D WR PORTA Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISA VSS Q CK Q RD TRISA ANSA5 RD PORTA To SSP SS Input To A/D Converter To Cap Sensor © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 59 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA6 PIC16F72X only To Voltage Regulator VCAPEN = 10 CLKOUT(1) Enable Data Bus FOSC/4 1 Q 0 D WR PORTA Oscillator Circuit VDD RA7/OSC1 I/O Pin CK Q VSS D WR TRISA Q CK Q RD TRISA FOSC = LP or XT or HS (00X OR 010) RD PORTA Note 1: CLKOUT Enable = 1 When FOSC = RC or INTOSC (No I/O Selected). FIGURE 6-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA7 Oscillator Circuit RA6/OSC2 Data Bus VDD I/O Pin D WR PORTA CK Q D WR TRISA Q Q VSS CK Q RD TRISA OSC = INTOSC or INTOSCIO RD PORTA DS41341E-page 60 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 6-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON 0000 0000 0000 0000 -000 --00 Name ADCON1 — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 — — ADREF1 ADREF0 -000 --00 ANSELA — — ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --11 1111 --11 1111 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CPSCON0 CPSON — — — CPSCON1 — — — — CONFIG2(1) OPTION_REG PORTA SSPCON TRISA Legend: Note 1: — — RBPU INTEDG VCAPEN1 VCAPEN0 T0CS T0SE CPSRNG1 CPSRNG0 CPSCH3 CPSCH2 CPSOUT T0XCS 0--- 0000 0--- 0000 CPSCH1 CPSCH0 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 — — — — — — PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 1111 1111 x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA. PIC16F72X only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 61 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.3 PORTB and TRISB Registers PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB (Register 6-6). Setting a TRISB bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 6-2 shows how to initialize PORTB. Reading the PORTB register (Register 6-5) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch. The TRISB register (Register 6-6) controls the PORTB pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISB register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. Example 6-2 shows how to initialize PORTB. EXAMPLE 6-2: INITIALIZING PORTB BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW PORTB PORTB ANSELB ANSELB TRISB B’11110000’ MOVWF TRISB Note: ; ;Init PORTB ;Make RB<7:0> digital ; ;Set RB<7:4> as inputs ;and RB<3:0> as outputs ; The ANSELB register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. 6.3.1 ANSELB REGISTER The ANSELB register (Register 6-9) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELB bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. The state of the ANSELB bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELB set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. 6.3.2 WEAK PULL-UPS Each of the PORTB pins has an individually configurable internal weak pull-up. Control bits WPUB<7:0> enable or disable each pull-up (see Register 6-7). Each weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is configured as an output. All pull-ups are disabled on a Power-on Reset by the RBPU bit of the OPTION register. 6.3.3 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE All of the PORTB pins are individually configurable as an interrupt-on-change pin. Control bits IOCB<7:0> enable or disable the interrupt function for each pin. Refer to Register 6-8. The interrupt-on-change feature is disabled on a Power-on Reset. For enabled interrupt-on-change pins, the present value is compared with the old value latched on the last read of PORTB to determine which bits have changed or mismatched the old value. The ‘mismatch’ outputs of the last read are OR’d together to set the PORTB Change Interrupt flag bit (RBIF) in the INTCON register. This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, clears the interrupt by: a) b) Any read or write of PORTB. This will end the mismatch condition. Clear the flag bit RBIF. A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF. Reading or writing PORTB will end the mismatch condition and allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared. The latch holding the last read value is not affected by a MCLR nor Brown-out Reset. After these Resets, the RBIF flag will continue to be set if a mismatch is present. Note: DS41341E-page 62 When a pin change occurs at the same time as a read operation on PORTB, the RBIF flag will always be set. If multiple PORTB pins are configured for the interrupt-on-change, the user may not be able to identify which pin changed state. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 6-5: PORTB: PORTB REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown RB<7:0>: PORTB I/O Pin bit 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL REGISTER 6-6: TRISB: PORTB TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown TRISB<7:0>: PORTB Tri-State Control bit 1 = PORTB pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTB pin configured as an output © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 63 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 6-7: WPUB: WEAK PULL-UP PORTB REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Note 1: 2: x = Bit is unknown WPUB<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits 1 = Pull-up enabled 0 = Pull-up disabled Global RBPU bit of the OPTION register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled. The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output. REGISTER 6-8: IOCB: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IOCB7 IOCB6 IOCB5 IOCB4 IOCB3 IOCB2 IOCB1 IOCB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown IOCB<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Control bits 1 = Interrupt-on-change enabled 0 = Interrupt-on-change disabled REGISTER 6-9: ANSELB: PORTB ANALOG SELECT REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 ANSB<5:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on Pins RB<5:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or Digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital Input buffer disabled. Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. DS41341E-page 64 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.3.4 PIN DESCRIPTIONS AND DIAGRAMS Each PORTB pin is multiplexed with other functions. The pins and their combined functions are briefly described here. For specific information about individual functions such as the SSP, I2C or interrupts, refer to the appropriate section in this data sheet. 6.3.4.1 RB0/AN12/CPS0/INT Figure 6-7 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • a general purpose I/O an analog input for the ADC a capacitive sensing input an external edge triggered interrupt 6.3.4.2 RB1/AN10/CPS1 Figure 6-8 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC • a capacitive sensing input 6.3.4.3 6.3.4.6 RB5/AN13/CPS5/T1G Figure 6-10 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • a general purpose I/O an analog input for the ADC a capacitive sensing input a Timer1 gate input 6.3.4.7 RB6/ICSPCLK Figure 6-11 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • In-Circuit Serial Programming clock 6.3.4.8 RB7/ICSPDAT Figure 6-12 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • In-Circuit Serial Programming data RB2/AN8/CPS2 Figure 6-8 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC • a capacitive sensing input 6.3.4.4 RB3/AN9/CPS3/CCP2 Figure 6-9 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • • • • a general purpose I/O an analog input for the ADC a capacitive sensing input a Capture 2 input, Compare 2 output, and PWM2 output Note: 6.3.4.5 CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. RB4/AN11/CPS4 Figure 6-8 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC • a capacitive sensing input © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 65 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-7: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB0 Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q VDD Q Weak D WR PORTB Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISB VDD RBPU RD WPUB VSS Q CK Q RD TRISB ANSB0 RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q Q CK Q D EN RD IOCB Q Q3 D EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB To External Interrupt Logic To A/D Converter To Cap Sensor DS41341E-page 66 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-8: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB4, RB<2:1> Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q VDD Q Weak VDD RBPU RD WPUB D WR PORTB Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISB VSS Q CK Q RD TRISB ANSB<4,2,1> RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q CK Q Q D EN RD IOCB Q D Q3 To A/D Converter To Cap Sensor EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 67 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-9: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB3 Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q Q Weak CCP2OUT Enable VDD RBPU RD WPUB CCP2OUT D WR PORTB VDD Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q VSS D WR TRISB Q CK Q RD TRISB ANSB<5,3> RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q Q CK Q D EN RD IOCB Q Q3 D EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB To CCP2(1) To A/D Converter To Cap Sensor Note 1: DS41341E-page 68 CCP2 input is controlled by CCP2SEL in the APFCON register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-10: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB5 Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q Q Weak CCP2OUT Enable VDD RBPU RD WPUB CCP2OUT D WR PORTB VDD Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q VSS D WR TRISB Q CK Q RD TRISB ANSB<5,3> RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q Q CK Q D EN RD IOCB Q Q3 D EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB To Timer1 Gate To A/D Converter To Cap Sensor © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 69 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-11: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB6 ICSP™ MODE DEBUG Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q VDD Q Weak VDD RBPU PORT_ICDCLK RD WPUB 1 D WR PORTB Q 0 D WR TRISB I/O Pin CK Q VSS Q 0 CK Q 1 RD TRISB TRIS_ICDCLK RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q Q CK Q D EN RD IOCB Q Q3 D EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB ICSPCLK DS41341E-page 70 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-12: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB7 ICSP™ MODE DEBUG Data Bus D WR WPUB CK Q VDD Q Weak VDD RBPU PORT_ICDDAT RD WPUB 1 D WR PORTB Q 0 D WR TRISB I/O Pin CK Q VSS Q 0 CK Q 1 RD TRISB TRIS_ICDDAT RD PORTB D WR IOCB Q CK Q Q D EN RD IOCB Q Q3 D EN Interrupt-onChange RD PORTB ICSPDAT_IN © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 71 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 6-2: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 --00 0000 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CCP2CON — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CPSCON0 CPSON — — — CPSOUT T0XCS 0--- 0000 0--- 0000 CPSCON1 — — — — CPSCH1 CPSCH0 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 0000 000X INTCON CPSRNG1 CPSRNG0 CPSCH3 CPSCH2 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x IOCB IOCB7 IOCB6 IOCB5 IOCB4 IOCB3 IOCB2 IOCB1 IOCB0 0000 0000 0000 0000 OPTION_REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 PORTB T1GCON RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 WPUB WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Port B. DS41341E-page 72 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.4 PORTC and TRISC Registers PORTC is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISC (Register 6-11). Setting a TRISC bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 6-3 shows how to initialize PORTC. Reading the PORTC register (Register 6-10) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch. REGISTER 6-10: The TRISC register (Register 6-11) controls the PORTC pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISC register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 6-3: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF INITIALIZING PORTC PORTC PORTC TRISC B‘00001100’ TRISC ; ;Init PORTC ; ;Set RC<3:2> as inputs ;and set RC<7:4,1:0> ;as outputs The location of the CCP2 function is controlled by the CCP2SEL bit in the APFCON register (refer to Register 6-1) PORTC: PORTC REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown RC<7:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL REGISTER 6-11: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown TRISC<7:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTC pin configured as an output © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 73 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.4.1 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 6.4.8 RC7/RX/DT Figure 6-13 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: Figure 6-20 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a Timer1 oscillator output • a Timer1 clock input • a general purpose I/O • an asynchronous serial input • a synchronous serial data I/O 6.4.2 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Figure 6-14 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a Timer1 oscillator input • a Capture 2 input, Compare 2 output, and PWM2 output Note: 6.4.3 CCP2 pin location may be selected as RB3 or RC1. RC2/CCP1 Figure 6-15 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a Capture 1 input, Compare 1 output, and PWM1 output 6.4.4 RC3/SCK/SCL Figure 6-16 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a SPI clock • an I2C™ clock 6.4.5 RC4/SDI/SDA Figure 6-17 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a SPI data input • an I2C data I/O 6.4.6 RC5/SDO Figure 6-18 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a SPI data output 6.4.7 RC6/TX/CK Figure 6-19 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an asynchronous serial output • a synchronous clock I/O DS41341E-page 74 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-13: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC0 Oscillator Circuit Data Bus VDD RC1/T1OSI D WR PORTC Q I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISC VSS Q CK Q RD TRISC T1OSCEN RD PORTC To Timer1 CLK Input FIGURE 6-14: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC1 CCP2OUT Enable Oscillator Circuit Data Bus CCP2OUT D WR PORTC Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISC VDD RC0/T1OSO Q VSS CK Q RD TRISC T1OSCEN RD PORTC To CCP2(1) Input Note 1: CCP2 input is controlled by CCP2SEL in the APFCON register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 75 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-15: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC2 CCP1OUT Enable VDD Data Bus CCP1OUT D WR PORTC Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISC VSS Q CK Q RD TRISC RD PORTC To CCP1 Input FIGURE 6-16: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC3 SSPM = SPI MODE SCK_MASTER 1 Data Bus VDD SSPEN 0 1 D WR PORTC Q 0 (2) I/O Pin CK Q VSS SCL D WR TRISC Q CK Q RD TRISC To SSP SPI Clock Input 1 0 RD PORTC 0 1 SSPEN SSPM = I2C™ MODE To SSP I2C™ SCL Input I2C™(1) Note 1: 2: I2C™ Schmitt Trigger has special input levels. I2C™ Slew Rate limiting controlled by SMP bit of SSPSTAT register. DS41341E-page 76 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-17: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC4 SSPEN SSPM = I2C™ MODE VDD Data Bus 1 D WR PORTC Q 0 (2) I/O Pin CK Q VSS D WR TRISC Q CK Q RD TRISC To SSP SPI Data Input 1 0 RD PORTC 0 1 SDA FROM SSP To SSP I2C™ SDA Input I2C™(1) Note 1: 2: I2C™ Schmitt Trigger has special input levels. I2C™ Slew Rate limiting controlled by SMP bit of SSPSTAT register. FIGURE 6-18: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC5 SSPEN SSPM = SPI MODE VDD Data Bus SDO D WR PORTC Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q VSS D WR TRISC Q SDO EN CK Q RD TRISC RD PORTC © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 77 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-19: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC6 SYNC USART_TX 0 USART_CK 1 VDD 1 Data Bus D WR PORTC Q 0 I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISC VSS Q CK Q RD TRISC RD PORTC SPEN TXEN 0 CSRC 1 SYNC To USART Sync Clock Input FIGURE 6-20: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RC7 SPEN SYNC VDD Data Bus USART_DT D WR PORTC Q 1 0 I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISC Q VSS CK Q RD TRISC RD PORTC SPEN SYNC TXEN SREN CREN To USART Data Input DS41341E-page 78 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 6-3: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC Bit 7 Bit 6 APFCON — — — — — CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP2CON Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 1 Bit 0 — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 PORTC RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 0000 000x SSPCON WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPSTAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000 T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1SYNC — TMR1ON 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Port B. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 79 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.5 EXAMPLE 6-4: PORTD and TRISD Registers PORTD(1) is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISD (Register 6-13). Setting a TRISD bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTD pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTD pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 6-4 shows how to initialize PORTD. Reading the PORTD register (Register 6-12) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch. Note 1: PORTD is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. The TRISD register (Register 6-13) controls the PORTD pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISD register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. REGISTER 6-12: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF 6.5.1 INITIALIZING PORTD PORTD PORTD ANSELD ANSELD TRISD B‘00001100’ TRISD ; ;Init PORTD ;Make PORTD digital ; ;Set RD<3:2> as inputs ;and set RD<7:4,1:0> ;as outputs ANSELD REGISTER The ANSELD register (Register 6-9) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELD bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. The state of the ANSELD bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. Note: The ANSELD register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. PORTD: PORTD REGISTER(1) R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Note 1: x = Bit is unknown RD<7:0>: PORTD General Purpose I/O Pin bits 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL PORTD is not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. DS41341E-page 80 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 6-13: TRISD: PORTD TRI-STATE REGISTER(1) R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown TRISD<7:0>: PORTD Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTD pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTD pin configured as an output Note 1: TRISD is not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. REGISTER 6-14: ANSELD: PORTD ANALOG SELECT REGISTER(2) R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown ANSD<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on Pins RD<7:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or Digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital Input buffer disabled. Note 1: 2: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. ANSELD register is not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. Read as ‘0’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 81 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.5.6 Note: 6.5.2 RD4/CPS12 PORTD is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: RD0/CPS8 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.7 RD5/CPS13 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.3 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input RD1/CPS9 Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.8 RD6/CPS14 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.4 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input RD2/CPS10 Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.9 RD7/CPS15 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: 6.5.5 • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input RD3/CPS11 Figure 6-21 shows the diagram for these pins. They are configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • a capacitive sensing input FIGURE 6-21: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RD<7:0> VDD Data Bus D WR PORTD I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISD Q VSS Q CK Q RD TRISD ANSD<7:0> RD PORTD To Cap Sensor Note: DS41341E-page 82 PORTD is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD(1) TABLE 6-4: Name Bit 7 Bit 6 ANSELD ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD3 CPSCON0 CPSON — — — CPSRNG1 CPSCON1 — — — — CPSCH3 CPSCH2 CPSCH1 RD6 RD5 RD4 PORTD RD7 TRISD TRISD7 Bit 5 Bit 4 ANSD5 ANSD4 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 1 Bit 0 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 1111 1111 1111 1111 CPSRNG0 CPSOUT T0XCS 0--- 0000 0--- 0000 CPSCH0 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD. Note 1: These registers are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 83 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.6 PORTE and TRISE Registers PORTE(1) is a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISE. Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISE bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). The exception is RE3, which is input only and its TRIS bit will always read as ‘1’. Example 6-5 shows how to initialize PORTE. Reading the PORTE register (Register 6-15) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch. RE3 reads ‘0’ when MCLRE = 1. Note 1: RE<2:0> and TRISE<2:0> are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/ PIC16LF722/723/726. Read as ‘0’. The TRISE register (Register 6-16) controls the PORTE pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISE register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. Note: The ANSELE register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 6-5: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF INITIALIZING PORTE PORTE PORTE ANSELE ANSELE TRISE B‘00001100’ TRISE DS41341E-page 84 ; ;Init PORTE ; ;digital I/O ; ;Set RE<2> as an input ;and set RE<1:0> ;as outputs © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 6-15: U-0 PORTE: PORTE REGISTER U-0 — — U-0 — U-0 R-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — RE3 RE2(1) RE1(1) RE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 RE<3:0>: PORTE I/O Pin bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL Note 1: x = Bit is unknown RE<2:0> are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. Read as ‘0’. REGISTER 6-16: TRISE: PORTE TRI-STATE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — — TRISE3 TRISE2(1) TRISE1(1) TRISE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 TRISE3: RE3 Port Tri-state Control bit This bit is always ‘1’ as RE3 is an input only bit 2-0 TRISE<2:0>: RE<2:0> Tri-State Control bits(1) 1 = PORTE pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTE pin configured as an output Note 1: x = Bit is unknown TRISE<2:0> are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. Read as ‘0’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 85 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 6-17: U-0 ANSELE: PORTE ANALOG SELECT REGISTER U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — ANSE2(2) ANSE1(2) ANSE0(2) — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 ANSE<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on Pins RE<2:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or Digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital Input buffer disabled. Note 1: 2: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. ANSELE register is not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. Read as ‘0’ TABLE 6-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 --00 0000 ANSELE — — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 ---- -111 ---- -111 PORTE — — — — RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- xxxx ---- xxxx TRISE — — — — TRISE1(1) TRISE0(1) ---- 1111 ---- 1111 Legend: Note 1: 2: TRISE3(2) TRISE2(1) x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE These registers are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 devices, read as ‘0’. This bit is always ‘1’ as RE3 is input only. DS41341E-page 86 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 6.6.1 RE0/AN5(1) Figure 6-22 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC Note 1: RE0/AN5 is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. 6.6.2 RE1/AN6(1) Figure 6-22 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC Note 1: RE1/AN6 is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. 6.6.3 RE2/AN7(1) Figure 6-22 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose I/O • an analog input for the ADC Note 1: RE2/AN7 is available on PIC16F724/LF724 and PIC16F727/LF727 only. 6.6.4 RE3/MCLR/VPP Figure 6-23 shows the diagram for this pin. This pin is configurable to function as one of the following: • a general purpose input • as Master Clear Reset with weak pull-up • a programming voltage reference input © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 87 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 6-22: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RE<2:0> VDD Data Bus D WR PORTE I/O Pin CK Q D WR TRISE Q VSS Q CK Q RD TRISE ANSE<0:2> RD PORTE To A/D Converter Note: RE<2:0> are not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. FIGURE 6-23: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RE3 VDD ICSP™ Mode Detect Weak In-Circuit Serial Programming™ mode High-Voltage Detect I/O Pin MCLR Circuit MCLR Pulse Filter VSS Data Bus RD TRISE VSS RD PORTE Power for Programming Flash DS41341E-page 88 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 7.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE 7.1 Overview Clock source modes are configured by the FOSC bits in Configuration Word 1 (CONFIG1). The oscillator module can be configured for one of eight modes of operation. The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock sources and selection features that allow it to be used in a wide range of applications while maximizing performance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 7-1 illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module. 1. 2. 3. Clock sources can be configured from external oscillators, quartz crystal resonators, ceramic resonators and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) circuits. In addition, the system can be configured to use an internal calibrated high-frequency oscillator as clock source, with a choice of selectable speeds via software. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. RC – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with FOSC/4 output on OSC2/CLKOUT. RCIO – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC) with I/O on OSC2/CLKOUT. INTOSC – Internal oscillator with FOSC/4 output on OSC2 and I/O on OSC1/CLKIN. INTOSCIO – Internal oscillator with I/O on OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT. EC – External clock with I/O on OSC2/CLKOUT. HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator mode. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator Oscillator mode. LP – Low-Power Crystal mode. SIMPLIFIED PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 7-1: FOSC<2:0> (Configuration Word 1) External Oscillator OSC2 Sleep LP, XT, HS, RC, EC MUX OSC1 Internal Oscillator IRCF<1:0> (OSCCON Register) 500 kHz INTOSC 16 MHz/500 kHz 1 Postscaler 8 MHz/250 kHz 4 MHz/125 kHz 2 MHz/62.5 kHz 11 10 MUX MUX 0 32x PLL System Clock (CPU and Peripherals) 01 00 PLLEN (Configuration Word 1) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 89 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 7.2 Clock Source Modes Clock source modes can be classified as external or internal. • Internal clock source (INTOSC) is contained within the oscillator module and derived from a 500 kHz high precision oscillator. The oscillator module has eight selectable output frequencies, with a maximum internal frequency of 16 MHz. • External clock modes rely on external circuitry for the clock source. Examples are: oscillator modules (EC mode), quartz crystal resonators or ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS modes) and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) mode circuits. The system clock can be selected between external or internal clock sources via the FOSC bits of the Configuration Word 1. 7.3 Internal Clock Modes The oscillator module has eight output frequencies derived from a 500 kHz high precision oscillator. The IRCF bits of the OSCCON register select the postscaler applied to the clock source dividing the frequency by 1, 2, 4 or 8. Setting the PLLEN bit of the Configuration Word 1 locks the internal clock source to 16 MHz before the postscaler is selected by the IRCF bits. The PLLEN bit must be set or cleared at the time of programming; therefore, only the upper or low four clock source frequencies are selectable in software. 7.3.1 INTOSC AND INTOSCIO MODES The INTOSC and INTOSCIO modes configure the internal oscillators as the system clock source when the device is programmed using the oscillator selection or the FOSC<2:0> bits in the CONFIG1 register. See Section 8.0 “Device Configuration” for more information. 7.3.2 FREQUENCY SELECT BITS (IRCF) The output of the 500 kHz INTOSC and 16 MHz INTOSC, with Phase Locked Loop enabled, connect to a postscaler and multiplexer (see Figure 7-1). The Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits (IRCF) of the OSCCON register select the frequency output of the internal oscillator. Depending upon the PLLEN bit, one of four frequencies of two frequency sets can be selected via software: If PLLEN = 1, frequency selection is as follows: • • • • 16 MHz 8 MHz (Default after Reset) 4 MHz 2 MHz If PLLEN = 0, frequency selection is as follows: • • • • 500 kHz 250 kHz (Default after Reset) 125 kHz 62.5 kHz Note: Following any Reset, the IRCF<1:0> bits of the OSCCON register are set to ‘10’ and the frequency selection is set to 8 MHz or 250 kHz. The user can modify the IRCF bits to select a different frequency. There is no start-up delay before a new frequency selected in the IRCF bits takes effect. This is because the old and new frequencies are derived from INTOSC via the postscaler and multiplexer. Start-up delay specifications are located in the Table 23-2 in Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. In INTOSC mode, OSC1/CLKIN is available for general purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT outputs the selected internal oscillator frequency divided by 4. The CLKOUT signal may be used to provide a clock for external circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test or other application requirements. In INTOSCIO mode, OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT are available for general purpose I/O. DS41341E-page 90 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 7.4 Oscillator Control The Oscillator Control (OSCCON) register (Figure 7-1) displays the status and allows frequency selection of the internal oscillator (INTOSC) system clock. The OSCCON register contains the following bits: • Frequency selection bits (IRCF) • Status Locked bits (ICSL) • Status Stable bits (ICSS) REGISTER 7-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R-q R-q U-0 U-0 — — IRCF1 IRCF0 ICSL ICSS — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown q = Value depends on condition bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 IRCF<1:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits When PLLEN = 1 (16 MHz INTOSC) 11 = 16 MHz 10 = 8 MHz (POR value) 01 = 4 MHz 00 = 2 MHz When PLLEN = 0 (500 kHz INTOSC) 11 = 500 kHz 10 = 250 kHz (POR value) 01 = 125 kHz 00 = 62.5 kHz bit 3 ICSL: Internal Clock Oscillator Status Locked bit (2% Stable) 1 = 16 MHz/500 kHz Internal Oscillator (HFIOSC) is in lock. 0 = 16 MHz/500 kHz Internal Oscillator (HFIOSC) has not yet locked. bit 2 ICSS: Internal Clock Oscillator Status Stable bit (0.5% Stable) 1 = 16 MHz/500 kHz Internal Oscillator (HFIOSC) has stabilized to its maximum accuracy 0 = 16 MHz/500 kHz Internal Oscillator (HFIOSC) has not yet reached its maximum accuracy bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 91 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 7.5 Oscillator Tuning The INTOSC is factory calibrated but can be adjusted in software by writing to the OSCTUNE register (Register 7-2). When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the INTOSC frequency will begin shifting to the new frequency. Code execution continues during this shift. There is no indication that the shift has occurred. The default value of the OSCTUNE register is ‘0’. The value is a 6-bit two’s complement number. REGISTER 7-2: OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: Frequency Tuning bits 01 1111 = Maximum frequency 01 1110 = • • • 00 0001 = 00 0000 = Oscillator module is running at the factory-calibrated frequency. 11 1111 = • • • 10 0000 = Minimum frequency DS41341E-page 92 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 7.6 External Clock Modes 7.6.1 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER (OST) If the oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts 1024 oscillations on the OSC1 pin before the device is released from Reset. This occurs following a Power-on Reset (POR) and when the Power-up Timer (PWRT) has expired (if configured), or a wake-up from Sleep. During this time, the program counter does not increment and program execution is suspended. The OST ensures that the oscillator circuit, using a quartz crystal resonator or ceramic resonator, has started and is providing a stable system clock to the oscillator module. 7.6.2 Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4 show typical circuits for quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively. FIGURE 7-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL OPERATION (LP, XT OR HS MODE) PIC® MCU The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully static, stopping the external clock input will have the effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact. Upon restarting the external clock, the device will resume operation as if no time had elapsed. FIGURE 7-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC) MODE OPERATION OSC1/CLKIN Clock from Ext. System PIC® MCU I/O 7.6.3 HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. HS mode current consumption is the highest of the three modes. This mode is best suited for resonators that require a high drive setting. EC MODE The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally generated logic level as the system clock source. When operating in this mode, an external clock source is connected to the OSC1 input and the OSC2 is available for general purpose I/O. Figure 7-2 shows the pin connections for EC mode. Note 1: XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode current consumption is the medium of the three modes. This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a medium drive level specification. OSC2/CLKOUT(1) Alternate pin functions are described in Section 6.1 “Alternate Pin Function”. LP, XT, HS MODES The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to OSC1 and OSC2 (Figure 7-3). The mode selects a low, medium or high gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier to support various resonator types and speed. OSC1/CLKIN C1 To Internal Logic Quartz Crystal C2 RS(1) RF(2) Sleep OSC2/CLKOUT Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for quartz crystals with low drive level. 2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode selected. Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary according to type, package and manufacturer. The user should consult the manufacturer data sheets for specifications and recommended application. 2: Always verify oscillator performance over the VDD and temperature range that is expected for the application. 3: For oscillator design assistance, reference the following Microchip Applications Notes: • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC® Devices” (DS00826) • AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design” (DS00849) • AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator Analysis and Design” (DS00943) • AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work” (DS00949) LP Oscillator mode selects the lowest gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. LP mode current consumption is the least of the three modes. This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a low drive level specification, for example, tuning fork type crystals. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 93 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 7-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR OPERATION (XT OR HS MODE) FIGURE 7-5: EXTERNAL RC MODES VDD PIC® MCU REXT PIC® MCU OSC1/CLKIN Internal Clock OSC1/CLKIN CEXT C1 To Internal Logic RP(3) C2 Ceramic RS(1) Resonator RF(2) VSS Sleep FOSC/4 or I/O(2) OSC2/CLKOUT Recommended values: 10 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ, <3V 3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ, 3-5V CEXT > 20 pF, 2-5V Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for ceramic resonators with low drive level. Note 1: 2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode selected. 2: 3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP) may be required for proper ceramic resonator operation. 7.6.4 Alternate pin functions are described in Section 6.1 “Alternate Pin Function”. Output depends upon RC or RCIO clock mode. In RCIO mode, the RC circuit is connected to OSC1. OSC2 becomes an additional general purpose I/O pin. The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the resistor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) values and the operating temperature. Other factors affecting the oscillator frequency are: EXTERNAL RC MODES The external Resistor-Capacitor (RC) modes support the use of an external RC circuit. This allows the designer maximum flexibility in frequency choice while keeping costs to a minimum when clock accuracy is not required. There are two modes: RC and RCIO. • threshold voltage variation • component tolerances • packaging variations in capacitance The user also needs to take into account variation due to tolerance of external RC components used. In RC mode, the RC circuit connects to OSC1. OSC2/CLKOUT outputs the RC oscillator frequency divided by 4. This signal may be used to provide a clock for external circuitry, synchronization, calibration, test or other application requirements. Figure 7-5 shows the external RC mode connections. TABLE 7-1: OSC2/CLKOUT(1) SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets(1) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 CONFIG1(1) — CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 — — OSCCON — — IRCF1 IRCF0 ICSL ICSS — — --10 qq-- --10 qq-- — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 --00 0000 --uu uuuu OSCTUNE Legend: Note 1: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by oscillators. See Configuration Word 1 (Register 8-1) for operation of all bits. DS41341E-page 94 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 8.0 DEVICE CONFIGURATION 8.1 There are several Configuration Word bits that allow different oscillator and memory protection options. These are implemented as Configuration Word 1 register at 2007h and Configuration Word 2 register at 2008h. These registers are only accessible during programming. Device Configuration consists of Configuration Word 1 and Configuration Word 2 registers, Code Protection and Device ID. REGISTER 8-1: — Configuration Words CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD REGISTER 1 — R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1(4) R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 DEBUG PLLEN — BORV BOREN1 BOREN0 bit 15 bit 8 U-1(4) R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 — CP MCLRE PWRTE WDTE FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: P = Programmable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 13 DEBUG: In-Circuit Debugger Mode bit 1 = In-Circuit Debugger disabled, RB6/ICSPCLK and RB7/ICSPDAT are general purpose I/O pins 0 = In-Circuit Debugger enabled, RB6/ICSPCLK and RB7/ICSPDAT are dedicated to the debugger bit 12 PLLEN: INTOSC PLL Enable bit 0 = INTOSC Frequency is 500 kHz 1 = INTOSC Frequency is 16 MHz (32x) bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 10 BORV: Brown-out Reset Voltage selection bit 0 = Brown-out Reset Voltage (VBOR) set to 2.5 V nominal 1 = Brown-out Reset Voltage (VBOR) set to 1.9 V nominal bit 9-8 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Selection bits(1) 0x = BOR disabled (Preconditioned State) 10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep 11 = BOR enabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 6 CP: Code Protection bit(2) 1 = Program memory code protection is disabled 0 = Program memory code protection is enabled bit 5 MCLRE: RE3/MCLR pin function select bit(3) 1 = RE3/MCLR pin function is MCLR 0 = RE3/MCLR pin function is digital input, MCLR internally tied to VDD bit 4 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = PWRT disabled 0 = PWRT enabled bit 3 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer. The entire program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off. When MCLR is asserted in INTOSC or RC mode, the internal clock oscillator is disabled. MPLAB® IDE masks unimplemented Configuration bits to ‘0’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 95 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 8-1: bit 2-0 CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED) FOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits 111 = RC oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 110 = RCIO oscillator: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, RC on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 101 = INTOSC oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 100 = INTOSCIO oscillator: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 011 = EC: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, CLKIN on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 010 = HS oscillator: High-speed crystal/resonator on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 001 = XT oscillator: Crystal/resonator on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 000 = LP oscillator: Low-power crystal on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer. The entire program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off. When MCLR is asserted in INTOSC or RC mode, the internal clock oscillator is disabled. MPLAB® IDE masks unimplemented Configuration bits to ‘0’. REGISTER 8-2: — CONFIG2: CONFIGURATION WORD REGISTER 2 — U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-1(1) U-1(1) R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) U-1(1) — — VCAPEN1 VCAPEN0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: P = Programmable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 13-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 5-4 VCAPEN<1:0>: Voltage Regulator Capacitor Enable bits For the PIC16LF72X: These bits are ignored. All VCAP pin functions are disabled. For the PIC16F72X: 00 = VCAP functionality is enabled on RA0 01 = VCAP functionality is enabled on RA5 10 = VCAP functionality is enabled on RA6 11 = All VCAP functions are disabled (not recommended) bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ Note 1: x = Bit is unknown MPLAB® IDE masks unimplemented Configuration bits to ‘0’. DS41341E-page 96 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 8.2 Code Protection If the code protection bit(s) have not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out using ICSP™ for verification purposes. Note: 8.3 The entire Flash program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off. See the “PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Memory Programming Specification” (DS41332) for more information. User ID Four memory locations (2000h-2003h) are designated as ID locations where the user can store checksum or other code identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution, but are readable and writable during Program/Verify mode. Only the Least Significant 7 bits of the ID locations are reported when using MPLAB IDE. See the “PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Memory Programming Specification” (DS41332) for more information. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 97 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 98 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows conversion of an analog input signal to a 8-bit binary representation of that signal. This device uses analog inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is connected to the input of the converter. The converter generates a 8-bit binary result via successive approximation and stores the conversion result into the ADC result register (ADRES). Figure 9-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC. The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be either internally generated or externally supplied. The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of a conversion. This interrupt can be used to wake-up the device from Sleep. FIGURE 9-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM AVDD ADREF = 0x ADREF = 11 VREF+ AN0 0000 AN1 0001 AN2 0010 AN3 0011 AN4 0100 AN5 0101 AN6 0110 AN7 0111 AN8 1000 AN9 1001 AN10 1010 AN11 1011 AN12 1100 AN13 1101 Reserved 1110 FVREF 1111 ADREF = 10 ADC 8 GO/DONE ADRES ADON VSS CHS<3:0> © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 99 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.1 ADC Configuration When configuring and using the ADC the following functions must be considered: • • • • • • Port configuration Channel selection ADC voltage reference selection ADC conversion clock source Interrupt control Results formatting 9.1.1 For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specification must be met. Refer to the A/D conversion requirements in Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications” for more information. Table 9-1 gives examples of appropriate ADC clock selections. Note: Unless using the FRC, any changes in the system clock frequency will change the ADC clock frequency, which may adversely affect the ADC result. PORT CONFIGURATION The ADC can be used to convert both analog and digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O pin should be configured for analog by setting the associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to Section 6.0 “I/O Ports” for more information. Note: 9.1.2 Analog voltages on any pin that is defined as a digital input may cause the input buffer to conduct excess current. CHANNEL SELECTION The CHS bits of the ADCON0 register determine which channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit. When changing channels, a delay is required before starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 9.2 “ADC Operation” for more information. 9.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE The ADREF bits of the ADCON1 register provides control of the positive voltage reference. The positive voltage reference can be either VDD, an external voltage source or the internal Fixed Voltage Reference. The negative voltage reference is always connected to the ground reference. See Section 10.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference” for more details on the Fixed Voltage Reference. 9.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK The source of the conversion clock is software selectable via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There are seven possible clock options: • • • • • • • FOSC/2 FOSC/4 FOSC/8 FOSC/16 FOSC/32 FOSC/64 FRC (dedicated internal oscillator) The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as TAD. One full 8-bit conversion requires 10 TAD periods as shown in Figure 9-2. DS41341E-page 100 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 9-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Frequency (FOSC) ADC Clock Source ADCS<2:0> 20 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz Fosc/2 000 100 ns(2) 125 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 μs 100 200 ns (2) 250 ns (2) (2) 1.0 μs 4.0 μs 400 ns (2) 0.5 μs 1.0 μs 2.0 μs 8.0 μs(3) Fosc/4 (2) 500 ns Fosc/8 001 Fosc/16 101 800 ns 1.0 μs 2.0 μs 4.0 μs 16.0 μs(3) Fosc/32 010 1.6 μs 2.0 μs 4.0 μs 8.0 μs(3) 32.0 μs(3) Fosc/64 110 3.2 μs 4.0 μs 16.0 μs 64.0 μs(3) FRC x11 1.0-6.0 μs(1,4) 1.0-6.0 μs(1,4) Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 8.0 μs (3) (3) 1.0-6.0 μs(1,4) 1.0-6.0 μs(1,4) 1.0-6.0 μs(1,4) Shaded cells are outside of recommended range. The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 1.6 μs for VDD. These values violate the minimum required TAD time. For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended. When the device frequency is greater than 1 MHz, the FRC clock source is only recommended if the conversion will be performed during Sleep. FIGURE 9-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES Tcy to TAD TAD0 TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Conversion Starts Holding Capacitor is Disconnected from Analog Input (typically 100 ns) Set GO/DONE bit © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. ADRES register is loaded, GO/DONE bit is cleared, ADIF bit is set, Holding capacitor is connected to analog input DS41341E-page 101 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.1.5 INTERRUPTS The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital conversion. The ADC interrupt flag is the ADIF bit in the PIR1 register. The ADC interrupt enable is the ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be cleared in software. 9.2.3 If a conversion must be terminated before completion, the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The ADRES register will be updated with the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion sample. Incomplete bits will match the last bit converted. Note: Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of every conversion, regardless of whether or not the ADC interrupt is enabled. 2: The ADC operates during Sleep only when the FRC oscillator is selected. This interrupt can be generated while the device is operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP instruction is always executed. If the user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execution, the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register must be disabled. If the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register are enabled, execution will switch to the Interrupt Service Routine. Please refer to Section 9.1.5 “Interrupts” for more information. 9.2 9.2.1 ADC Operation STARTING A CONVERSION To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. Setting the GO/ DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start the Analog-to-Digital conversion. Note: 9.2.2 The GO/DONE bit should not be set in the same instruction that turns on the ADC. Refer to Section 9.2.6 “A/D Conversion Procedure”. COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION TERMINATING A CONVERSION 9.2.4 A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is turned off and any pending conversion is terminated. ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC option. When the FRC clock source is selected, the ADC waits one additional instruction before starting the conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed, which can reduce system noise during the conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC module is turned off after the conversion completes, although the ADON bit remains set. When the ADC clock source is something other than FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conversion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off, although the ADON bit remains set. 9.2.5 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER The Special Event Trigger of the CCP module allows periodic ADC measurements without software intervention. When this trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit is set by hardware and the Timer1 counter resets to zero. Using the Special Event Trigger does not assure proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met. Refer to Section 15.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Module” for more information. When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will: • Clear the GO/DONE bit • Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit • Update the ADRES register with new conversion result DS41341E-page 102 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.2.6 A/D CONVERSION PROCEDURE This is an example procedure for using the ADC to perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Configure Port: • Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRIS register) • Configure pin as analog (Refer to the ANSEL register) Configure the ADC module: • Select ADC conversion clock • Configure voltage reference • Select ADC input channel • Turn on ADC module Configure ADC interrupt (optional): • Clear ADC interrupt flag • Enable ADC interrupt • Enable peripheral interrupt • Enable global interrupt(1) Wait the required acquisition time(2). Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of the following: • Polling the GO/DONE bit • Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts enabled) Read ADC Result. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt is enabled). EXAMPLE 9-1: A/D CONVERSION ;This code block configures the ADC ;for polling, Vdd reference, Frc clock ;and AN0 input. ; ;Conversion start & polling for completion ; are included. ; BANKSEL ADCON1 ; MOVLW B’01110000’ ;ADC Frc clock, ;VDD reference MOVWF ADCON1 ; BANKSEL TRISA ; BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input BANKSEL ANSELA ; BSF ANSELA,0 ;Set RA0 to analog BANKSEL ADCON0 ; MOVLW B’00000001’;AN0, On MOVWF ADCON0 ; CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay BSF ADCON0,GO ;Start conversion BTFSC ADCON0,GO ;Is conversion done? GOTO $-1 ;No, test again BANKSEL ADRES ; MOVF ADRES,W ;Read result MOVWF RESULT ;store in GPR space Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execution. 2: Refer to Section 9.3 “A/D Acquisition Requirements”. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 103 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.2.7 ADC REGISTER DEFINITIONS The following registers are used to control the operation of the ADC. REGISTER 9-1: ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-2 CHS<3:0>: Analog Channel Select bits 0000 = AN0 0001 = AN1 0010 = AN2 0011 = AN3 0100 = AN4 0101 = AN5 0110 = AN6 0111 = AN7 1000 = AN8 1001 = AN9 1010 = AN10 1011 = AN11 1100 = AN12 1101 = AN13 1110 = Reserved 1111 = Fixed Voltage Reference (FVREF) bit 1 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit 1 = A/D conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion has completed. 0 = A/D conversion completed/not in progress bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit 1 = ADC is enabled 0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current DS41341E-page 104 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 9-2: ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 — — ADREF1 ADREF0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 000 = FOSC/2 001 = FOSC/8 010 = FOSC/32 011 = FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator) 100 = FOSC/4 101 = FOSC/16 110 = FOSC/64 111 = FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator) bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 ADREF<1:0>: Voltage Reference Configuration bits 0x = VREF is connected to VDD 10 = VREF is connected to external VREF (RA3/AN3) 11 = VREF is connected to internal Fixed Voltage Reference REGISTER 9-3: x = Bit is unknown ADRES: ADC RESULT REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x ADRES7 ADRES6 ADRES5 ADRES4 ADRES3 ADRES2 ADRES1 ADRES0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits 8-bit conversion result. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 105 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 9.3 A/D Acquisition Requirements For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog Input model is shown in Figure 9-3. The source impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS) impedance directly affect the time required to charge the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer to Figure 9-3. The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. As the source EQUATION 9-1: Assumptions: impedance is decreased, the acquisition time may be decreased. After the analog input channel is selected (or changed), an A/D acquisition must be done before the conversion can be started. To calculate the minimum acquisition time, Equation 9-1 may be used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used (256 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its specified resolution. ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE Temperature = 50°C and external impedance of 10k Ω 5.0V V DD T ACQ = Amplifier Settling Time + Hold Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient = T AMP + T C + T COFF = 2µs + T C + [ ( Temperature - 25°C ) ( 0.05µs/°C ) ] The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations: 1 ⎞ = V CHOLD V AP P LI ED ⎛ 1 – -------------------------n+1 ⎝ ⎠ (2 )–1 ;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb –TC ----------⎞ ⎛ RC V AP P LI ED ⎜ 1 – e ⎟ = V CHOLD ⎝ ⎠ ;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED – Tc ---------⎞ ⎛ 1 RC ⎞ ;combining [1] and [2] V AP P LI ED ⎜ 1 – e ⎟ = V A PP LIE D ⎛⎝ 1 – -------------------------n+1 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ (2 )–1 Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC. Solving for TC: T C = – C HOLD ( R IC + R SS + R S ) ln(1/511) = – 10pF ( 1k Ω + 7k Ω + 10k Ω ) ln(0.001957) = 1.12 µs Therefore: T ACQ = 2ΜS + 1.12 ΜS + [ ( 50°C- 25°C ) ( 0.05ΜS /°C ) ] = 4.42 ΜS Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out. 2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion. 3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 kΩ. This is required to meet the pin leakage specification. DS41341E-page 106 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 9-3: ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD VT ≈ 0.6V ANx Rs CPIN 5 pF VA VT ≈ 0.6V RIC ≤ 1k Sampling Switch SS Rss I LEAKAGE(1) CHOLD = 10 pF VSS/VREF- Legend: CHOLD CPIN = Sample/Hold Capacitance = Input Capacitance 6V 5V VDD 4V 3V 2V I LEAKAGE = Leakage current at the pin due to various junctions = Interconnect Resistance RIC RSS = Resistance of Sampling Switch SS = Sampling Switch VT = Threshold Voltage RSS 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sampling Switch (kΩ) Note 1: Refer to Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. FIGURE 9-4: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION Full-Scale Range FFh FEh FDh ADC Output Code FCh 1 LSB ideal FBh Full-Scale Transition 04h 03h 02h 01h 00h Analog Input Voltage 1 LSB ideal VSS © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Zero-Scale Transition VREF DS41341E-page 107 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 9-2: Name SUMMARY OF ASSOCIATED ADC REGISTERS Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 --00 0000 ADCON1 — ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 — — ADREF1 ADREF0 -000 --00 -000 --00 ANSELA — — ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --11 1111 --11 1111 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 ANSELE — — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 ---- -111 ---- -111 ADRES CCP2CON A/D Result Register Byte — — FVRCON FVRRDY FVREN — — INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 — — — — TRISE Legend: DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 — — ADFVR1 ADFVR0 q0-- --00 q0-- --00 RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISE3 TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0 ---- 1111 ---- 1111 x = unknown, u = unchanged, — = unimplemented read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not used for ADC module. DS41341E-page 108 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 10.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE This device contains an internal voltage regulator. To provide a reference for the regulator, a band gap reference is provided. This band gap is also user accessible via an A/D converter channel. User level band gap functions are controlled by the FVRCON register, which is shown in Register 10-1. REGISTER 10-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE REGISTER R-q R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 FVRRDY FVREN — — — — ADFVR1 ADFVR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown q = Value depends on condition bit 7 FVRRDY(1): Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit 0 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is not active or stable 1 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use bit 6 FVREN(2): Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit 0 = Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled 1 = Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled bit 5-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 ADFVR<1:0>: A/D Converter Fixed Voltage Reference Selection bits 00 = A/D Converter Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is off. 01 = A/D Converter Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 1x (1.024V) 10 = A/D Converter Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 2x (2.048V)(2) 11 = A/D Converter Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 4x (4.096V)(2) Note 1: 2: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ for the PIC16F72X devices. Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 109 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 110 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 11.0 TIMER0 MODULE When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for two instruction cycles immediately following the write. The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the following features: • • • • • • Note: 8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0) 8-bit prescaler (shared with Watchdog Timer) Programmable internal or external clock source Programmable external clock edge selection Interrupt on overflow TMR0 can be used to gate Timer1 11.1.2 8-Bit Counter Mode using the T0CKI pin is selected by setting the T0CS bit in the OPTION register to ‘1’ and resetting the T0XCS bit in the CPSCON0 register to ‘0’. Timer0 Operation The Timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer or an 8-bit counter. 11.1.1 8-Bit Counter Mode using the Capacitive Sensing Oscillator (CPSOSC) signal is selected by setting the T0CS bit in the OPTION register to ‘1’ and setting the T0XCS bit in the CPSCON0 register to ‘1’. 8-BIT TIMER MODE The Timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-Bit Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit of the OPTION register. FIGURE 11-1: 8-BIT COUNTER MODE In 8-Bit Counter mode, the Timer0 module will increment on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI pin or the Capacitive Sensing Oscillator (CPSOSC) signal. Figure 11-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module. 11.1 The value written to the TMR0 register can be adjusted, in order to account for the two instruction cycle delay when TMR0 is written. The rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge for either input source is determined by the T0SE bit in the OPTION register. BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER FOSC/4 Data Bus T0XCS 0 8 T0CKI 1 0 Sync 2 TCY 1 0 Cap. Sensing Oscillator 1 Set Flag bit T0IF on Overflow 0 T0CS T0SE 8-bit Prescaler PSA Overflow to Timer1 1 T1GSS = 11 TMR0 TMR1GE PSA 8 WDTE Low-Power WDT OSC PS<2:0> Divide by 512 1 WDT Time-out 0 PSA © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 111 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 11.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE PRESCALER A single software programmable prescaler is available for use with either Timer0 or the Watchdog Timer (WDT), but not both simultaneously. The prescaler assignment is controlled by the PSA bit of the OPTION register. To assign the prescaler to Timer0, the PSA bit must be cleared to a ‘0’. There are 8 prescaler options for the Timer0 module ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are selectable via the PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION register. In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the Timer0 module, the prescaler must be assigned to the WDT module. The prescaler is not readable or writable. When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions writing to the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler. Note: 11.1.4 When the prescaler is assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the WDT. TIMER0 INTERRUPT Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0 register overflows from FFh to 00h. The T0IF interrupt flag bit of the INTCON register is set every time the TMR0 register overflows, regardless of whether or not the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The T0IF bit can only be cleared in software. The Timer0 interrupt enable is the T0IE bit of the INTCON register. Note: 11.1.5 The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the processor from Sleep since the timer is frozen during Sleep. 8-BIT COUNTER MODE SYNCHRONIZATION When in 8-Bit Counter Mode, the incrementing edge on the T0CKI pin must be synchronized to the instruction clock. Synchronization can be accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the instruction clock. The high and low periods of the external clocking source must meet the timing requirements as shown in Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. DS41341E-page 112 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 11-1: OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin bit 5 T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on T0CKI pin or CPSOSC signal 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4) bit 4 T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits BIT VALUE TMR0 RATE WDT RATE 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 TABLE 11-1: Name CPSCON0 OPTION_REG TMR0 TRISA Legend: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Bit 7 INTCON x = Bit is unknown Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 CPSRNG1 CPSRNG0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets 0--- 0000 CPSON — — — CPSOUT T0XCS 0--- 0000 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Timer0 Module Register TRISA7 TRISA6 – = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 113 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 114 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE CONTROL • • • • • The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the following features: • • • • • • • • 16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) Programmable internal or external clock source 3-bit prescaler Dedicated LP oscillator circuit Synchronous or asynchronous operation Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources Interrupt on overflow Wake-up on overflow (external clock, Asynchronous mode only) • Time base for the Capture/Compare function • Special Event Trigger (with CCP) FIGURE 12-1: Selectable Gate Source Polarity Gate Toggle Mode Gate Single-pulse Mode Gate Value Status Gate Event Interrupt Figure 12-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module. TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM T1GSS<1:0> T1G 00 From Timer0 Overflow 01 From Timer2 Match PR2 10 From WDT Overflow 11 T1GSPM 0 T1G_IN T1GVAL 0 Single Pulse TMR1ON T1GPOL D Q CK R Q 1 Q1 Acq. Control 1 Data Bus D Q RD T1GCON EN Interrupt T1GGO/DONE Set TMR1GIF det T1GTM TMR1GE Set flag bit TMR1IF on Overflow TMR1ON TMR1(2) TMR1H EN TMR1L T1CLK Q Synchronized clock input 0 D 1 TMR1CS<1:0> T1OSO/T1CKI OUT T1OSC T1OSI Cap. Sensing Oscillator T1SYNC 11 Synchronize(3) Prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 1 det 10 EN 0 T1OSCEN (1) FOSC Internal Clock 01 FOSC/4 Internal Clock 00 2 T1CKPS<1:0> FOSC/2 Internal Clock Sleep input T1CKI Note 1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using T1CKI. 2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge. 3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 115 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.1 Timer1 Operation 12.2 The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter which is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the counter. The TMR1CS<1:0> and T1OSCEN bits of the T1CON register are used to select the clock source for Timer1. Table 12-2 displays the clock source selections. 12.2.1 When used with an internal clock source, the module is a timer and increments on every instruction cycle. When used with an external clock source, the module can be used as either a timer or counter and increments on every selected edge of the external source. 12.2.2 When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the rising edge of the external clock input T1CKI or the capacitive sensing oscillator signal. Either of these external clock sources can be synchronized to the microcontroller system clock or they can run asynchronously. Timer1 Operation TMR1GE 0 0 Off 0 1 Off 1 0 Always On 1 1 Count Enabled EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1 module may work as a timer or a counter. TIMER1 ENABLE SELECTIONS TMR1ON INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE When the internal clock source is selected the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler. Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers, respectively. Table 12-1 displays the Timer1 enable selections. TABLE 12-1: Clock Source Selection When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an external 32.768 kHz crystal can be used in conjunction with the dedicated internal oscillator circuit. Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge after any one or more of the following conditions: • • • • TABLE 12-2: Timer1 enabled after POR reset Write to TMR1H or TMR1L Timer1 is disabled Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0) when T1CKI is high then Timer1 is enabled (TMR1ON=1) when T1CKI is low. CLOCK SOURCE SELECTIONS TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1OSCEN Clock Source 0 1 x System Clock (FOSC) 0 0 x Instruction Clock (FOSC/4) 1 1 x Capacitive Sensing Oscillator 1 0 0 External Clocking on T1CKI Pin 1 0 1 Oscillator Circuit on T1OSI/T1OSO Pins DS41341E-page 116 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.3 Timer1 Prescaler Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8 divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the T1CON register control the prescale counter. The prescale counter is not directly readable or writable; however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to TMR1H or TMR1L. 12.4 Timer1 Oscillator A dedicated low-power 32.768 kHz oscillator circuit is built-in between pins T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). This internal circuit is to be used in conjunction with an external 32.768 kHz crystal. The oscillator circuit is enabled by setting the T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register. The oscillator will continue to run during Sleep. Note: 12.5 12.5.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER MODE Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the timer may overflow between the reads. For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. A write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers, while the register is incrementing. This may produce an unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. The oscillator requires a start-up and stabilization time before use. Thus, T1OSCEN should be set and a suitable delay observed prior to enabling Timer1. Timer1 Operation in Asynchronous Counter Mode If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer increments asynchronously to the internal phase clocks. If external clock source is selected then the timer will continue to run during Sleep and can generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up the processor. However, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (see Section 12.5.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in Asynchronous Counter Mode”). Note: When switching from synchronous to asynchronous operation, it is possible to skip an increment. When switching from asynchronous to synchronous operation, it is possible to produce an additional increment. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 117 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.6 12.6.2.1 Timer1 Gate Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count can be enabled and disabled using Timer1 Gate circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer1 Gate Count Enable. Timer1 Gate can also be driven by multiple selectable sources. 12.6.1 TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE The Timer1 Gate is enabled by setting the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity of the Timer1 Gate is configured using the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register. When Timer1 Gate (T1G) input is active, Timer1 will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock source. When Timer1 Gate input is inactive, no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the current count. See Figure 12-3 for timing details. TABLE 12-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE SELECTIONS T1CLK T1GPOL T1G ↑ 0 0 Counts ↑ 0 1 Holds Count ↑ 1 0 Holds Count ↑ 1 1 Counts 12.6.2 Timer1 Operation TIMER1 GATE SOURCE SELECTION The Timer1 Gate source can be selected from one of four different sources. Source selection is controlled by the T1GSS bits of the T1GCON register. The polarity for each available source is also selectable. Polarity selection is controlled by the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register. TABLE 12-4: TIMER1 GATE SOURCES T1GSS Timer1 Gate Source 00 Timer1 Gate Pin 01 Overflow of Timer0 (TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h) 10 Timer2 match PR2 (TMR2 increments to match PR2) 11 Count Enabled by WDT Overflow (Watchdog Time-out interval expired) DS41341E-page 118 T1G Pin Gate Operation The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 Gate Control. It can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 12.6.2.2 Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 12.6.2.3 Timer2 Match Gate Operation The TMR2 register will increment until it matches the value in the PR2 register. On the very next increment cycle, TMR2 will be reset to 00h. When this Reset occurs, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 12.6.2.4 Watchdog Overflow Gate Operation The Watchdog Timer oscillator, prescaler and counter will be automatically turned on when TMR1GE = 1 and T1GSS selects the WDT as a gate source for Timer1 (T1GSS = 11). TMR1ON does not factor into the oscillator, prescaler and counter enable. See Table 12-5. The PSA and PS bits of the OPTION register still control what time-out interval is selected. Changing the prescaler during operation may result in a spurious capture. Enabling the Watchdog Timer oscillator does not automatically enable a Watchdog Reset or Wake-up from Sleep upon counter overflow. Note: When using the WDT as a gate source for Timer1, operations that clear the Watchdog Timer (CLRWDT, SLEEP instructions) will affect the time interval being measured for capacitive sensing. This includes waking from Sleep. All other interrupts that might wake the device from Sleep should be disabled to prevent them from disturbing the measurement period. As the gate signal coming from the WDT counter will generate different pulse widths depending on if the WDT is enabled, when the CLRWDT instruction is executed, and so on, Toggle mode must be used. A specific sequence is required to put the device into the correct state to capture the next WDT counter interval. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 12-5: WDT/TIMER1 GATE INTERACTION WDTE TMR1GE = 1 and T1GSS = 11 WDT Oscillator Enable WDT Reset Wake-up WDT Available for T1G Source 1 N Y Y Y N 1 Y Y Y Y Y 0 Y Y N N Y 0 N N N N N 12.6.3 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possible to measure the full-cycle length of a Timer1 gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level pulse. The Timer1 Gate source is routed through a flip-flop that changes state on every incrementing edge of the signal. See Figure 12-4 for timing details. Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This is necessary in order to control which edge is measured. Note: Enabling Toggle mode at the same time as changing the gate polarity may result in indeterminate operation. 12.6.4 TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the T1GGO/DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set. The Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the T1GGO/DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other gate events will be allowed to increment Timer1 until the T1GGO/DONE bit is once again set in software. Clearing the T1GSPM bit of the T1GCON register will also clear the T1GGO/DONE bit. See Figure 12-5 for timing details. Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode simultaneously will permit both sections to work together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 Gate source to be measured. See Figure 12-6 for timing details. 12.6.5 TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible to read the most current level of the gate control value. The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in the T1GCON register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer1 Gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared). 12.6.6 TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL occurs, the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR1 register will be set. If the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE1 register is set, then an interrupt will be recognized. The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer1 Gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 119 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.7 Timer1 Interrupt The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls over, the Timer1 interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set these bits: • • • • TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register PEIE bit of the INTCON register GIE bit of the INTCON register The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in the Interrupt Service Routine. Note: 12.8 The TMR1H:TMR1L register pair and the TMR1IF bit should be cleared before enabling interrupts. Timer1 Operation During Sleep Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external crystal or clock source can be used to increment the counter. To set up the timer to wake the device: • • • • • TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set TMR1CS bits of the T1CON register must be configured • T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register must be configured • TMR1GIE bit of the T1GCON register must be configured 12.9 CCP Capture/Compare Time Base The CCP module uses the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair as the time base when operating in Capture or Compare mode. In Capture mode, the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair is copied into the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair on a configured event. In Compare mode, an event is triggered when the value CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair matches the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This event can be a Special Event Trigger. For more information, see Section 15.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Module”. 12.10 CCP Special Event Trigger When the CCP is configured to trigger a special event, the trigger will clear the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This special event does not cause a Timer1 interrupt. The CCP module may still be configured to generate a CCP interrupt. In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair becomes the period register for Timer1. Timer1 should be synchronized to the FOSC/4 to utilize the Special Event Trigger. Asynchronous operation of Timer1 can cause a Special Event Trigger to be missed. In the event that a write to TMR1H or TMR1L coincides with a Special Event Trigger from the CCP, the write will take precedence. For more information, see Section 9.2.5 “Special Event Trigger”. The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service Routine (0004h). FIGURE 12-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE T1CKI = 1 when TMR1 Enabled T1CKI = 0 when TMR1 Enabled Note 1: 2: Arrows indicate counter increments. In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock. DS41341E-page 120 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 12-3: TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL TIMER1 N FIGURE 12-4: N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL TIMER1 N © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 N+5 N+6 N+7 N+8 DS41341E-page 121 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 12-5: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GSPM T1GGO/ Cleared by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Set by software DONE Counting enabled on rising edge of T1G T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL TIMER1 TMR1GIF DS41341E-page 122 N Cleared by software N+1 N+2 Set by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Cleared by software © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 12-6: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GSPM T1GTM T1GGO/ Cleared by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Set by software DONE Counting enabled on rising edge of T1G T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL TIMER1 TMR1GIF N Cleared by software © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. N+1 N+2 N+3 Set by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL N+4 Cleared by software DS41341E-page 123 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.11 Timer1 Control Register The Timer1 Control register (T1CON), shown in Register 12-1, is used to control Timer1 and select the various features of the Timer1 module. REGISTER 12-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits 11 = Timer1 clock source is Capacitive Sensing Oscillator (CAPOSC) 10 = Timer1 clock source is pin or oscillator: If T1OSCEN = 0: External clock from T1CKI pin (on the rising edge) If T1OSCEN = 1: Crystal oscillator on T1OSI/T1OSO pins 01 = Timer1 clock source is system clock (FOSC) 00 = Timer1 clock source is instruction clock (FOSC/4) bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:8 Prescale value 10 = 1:4 Prescale value 01 = 1:2 Prescale value 00 = 1:1 Prescale value bit 3 T1OSCEN: LP Oscillator Enable Control bit 1 = Dedicated Timer1 oscillator circuit enabled 0 = Dedicated Timer1 oscillator circuit disabled bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit TMR1CS<1:0> = 1X 1 = Do not synchronize external clock input 0 = Synchronize external clock input with system clock (FOSC) x = Bit is unknown TMR1CS<1:0> = 0X This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS<1:0> = 1X. bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Enables Timer1 0 = Stops Timer1 Clears Timer1 Gate flip-flop DS41341E-page 124 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 12.12 Timer1 Gate Control Register The Timer1 Gate Control register (T1GCON), shown in Register 12-2, is used to control Timer1 Gate. REGISTER 12-2: T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-x R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit If TMR1ON = 0: This bit is ignored If TMR1ON = 1: 1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function 0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function bit 6 T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit 1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high) 0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low) bit 5 T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit 1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled. 0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip flop is cleared Timer1 gate flip flop toggles on every rising edge. bit 4 T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Mode bit 1 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate 0 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled bit 3 T1GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit 1 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge 0 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started This bit is automatically cleared when T1GSPM is cleared. bit 2 T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Current State bit Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L. Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE). bit 1-0 T1GSS<1:0>: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits 00 = Timer1 Gate pin 01 = Timer0 Overflow output 10 = TMR2 Match PR2 output 11 = Watchdog Timer scaler overflow Watchdog Timer oscillator is turned on if TMR1GE = 1, regardless of the state of TMR1ON © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 125 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 12-6: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 CCP2CON INTCON PORTB xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1GCON TMR1GE Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module. DS41341E-page 126 T1GPOL © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 13.0 TIMER2 MODULE The Timer2 module is an 8-bit timer with the following features: • • • • • 8-bit timer register (TMR2) 8-bit period register (PR2) Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2 Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16) Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16) Timer2 is turned on by setting the TMR2ON bit in the T2CON register to a ‘1’. Timer2 is turned off by clearing the TMR2ON bit to a ‘0’. The Timer2 prescaler is controlled by the T2CKPS bits in the T2CON register. The Timer2 postscaler is controlled by the TOUTPS bits in the T2CON register. The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared when: See Figure 13-1 for a block diagram of Timer2. 13.1 The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both fully readable and writable. On any Reset, the TMR2 register is set to 00h and the PR2 register is set to FFh. Timer2 Operation The clock input to the Timer2 module is the system instruction clock (FOSC/4). The clock is fed into the Timer2 prescaler, which has prescale options of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16. The output of the prescaler is then used to increment the TMR2 register. • A write to TMR2 occurs. • A write to T2CON occurs. • Any device Reset occurs (Power-on Reset, MCLR Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset, or Brown-out Reset). Note: The values of TMR2 and PR2 are constantly compared to determine when they match. TMR2 will increment from 00h until it matches the value in PR2. When a match occurs, two things happen: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written. • TMR2 is reset to 00h on the next increment cycle. • The Timer2 postscaler is incremented. The match output of the Timer2/PR2 comparator is then fed into the Timer2 postscaler. The postscaler has postscale options of 1:1 to 1:16 inclusive. The output of the Timer2 postscaler is used to set the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit in the PIR1 register. FIGURE 13-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM TMR2 Output FOSC/4 Prescaler 1:1, 1:4, 1:16 2 TMR2 Sets Flag bit TMR2IF Reset Comparator EQ Postscaler 1:1 to 1:16 T2CKPS<1:0> PR2 4 TOUTPS<3:0> © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 127 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 13-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-3 TOUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits 0000 = 1:1 Postscaler 0001 = 1:2 Postscaler 0010 = 1:3 Postscaler 0011 = 1:4 Postscaler 0100 = 1:5 Postscaler 0101 = 1:6 Postscaler 0110 = 1:7 Postscaler 0111 = 1:8 Postscaler 1000 = 1:9 Postscaler 1001 = 1:10 Postscaler 1010 = 1:11 Postscaler 1011 = 1:12 Postscaler 1100 = 1:13 Postscaler 1101 = 1:14 Postscaler 1110 = 1:15 Postscaler 1111 = 1:16 Postscaler bit 2 TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit 1 = Timer2 is on 0 = Timer2 is off bit 1-0 T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits 00 = Prescaler is 1 01 = Prescaler is 4 1x = Prescaler is 16 TABLE 13-1: x = Bit is unknown SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register T2CON Legend: — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module. DS41341E-page 128 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 14.0 CAPACITIVE SENSING MODULE sensing module. The capacitive sensing module requires software and at least one timer resource to determine the change in frequency. Key features of this module include: The capacitive sensing module allows for an interaction with an end user without a mechanical interface. In a typical application, the capacitive sensing module is attached to a pad on a printed circuit board (PCB), which is electrically isolated from the end user. When the end user places their finger over the PCB pad, a capacitive load is added, causing a frequency shift in the capacitive FIGURE 14-1: • • • • • Analog MUX for monitoring multiple inputs Capacitive sensing oscillator Multiple timer resources Software control Operation during Sleep CAPACITIVE SENSING BLOCK DIAGRAM Timer0 Module Set T0IF T0CS T0XCS FOSC/4 T0CKI 0 TMR0 0 Overflow 1 1 CPSCH<3:0>(2) CPSON(3) CPS0 CPS1 CPS2 CPS3 Timer1 Module CPS4 CPSON T1CS<1:0> CPS5 CPS6 CPS8(1) CPS9 FOSC Capacitive Sensing Oscillator CPS7 (1) CPSOSC CPS10(1) CPS11(1) FOSC/4 CPSCLK CPSOUT EN T1OSC/ T1CKI TMR1H:TMR1L T1GSEL<1:0> CPSRNG<1:0> CPS12(1) T1G CPS13(1) Timer1 Gate Control Logic CPS14(1) CPS15(1) Watchdog Timer Module Timer2 Module WDT Event TMR2 Overflow WDT Overflow Scaler LP WDT OSC Postscaler Set TMR2IF PS<2:0> Note 1: Channels CPS<15:8> are implemented on PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 only. 2: CPSCH3 is not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. 3: If CPSON = 0, disabling capacitive sensing, no channel is selected. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 41341E-page 129 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 14.1 Analog MUX 14.4.1 TIMER0 The capacitive sensing module can monitor up to 16 inputs. The capacitive sensing inputs are defined as CPS<15:0>. To determine if a frequency change has occurred the user must: To select Timer0 as the timer resource for the capacitive sensing module: • Select the appropriate CPS pin by setting the CPSCH<3:0> bits of the CPSCON1 register • Set the corresponding ANSEL bit • Set the corresponding TRIS bit • Run the software algorithm When Timer0 is chosen as the timer resource, the capacitive sensing oscillator will be the clock source for Timer0. Refer to Section 11.0 “Timer0 Module” for additional information. Selection of the CPSx pin while the module is enabled will cause the capacitive sensing oscillator to be on the CPSx pin. Failure to set the corresponding ANSEL and TRIS bits can cause the capacitive sensing oscillator to stop, leading to false frequency readings. 14.2 Capacitive Sensing Oscillator The capacitive sensing oscillator consists of a constant current source and a constant current sink, to produce a triangle waveform. The CPSOUT bit of the CPSCON0 register shows the status of the capacitive sensing oscillator, whether it is a sinking or sourcing current. The oscillator is designed to drive a capacitive load (single PCB pad) and at the same time, be a clock source to either Timer0 or Timer1. The oscillator has three different current settings as defined by CPSRNG<1:0> of the CPSCON0 register. The different current settings for the oscillator serve two purposes: • Maximize the number of counts in a timer for a fixed time base • Maximize the count differential in the timer during a change in frequency 14.3 Timer resources To measure the change in frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator, a fixed time base is required. For the period of the fixed time base, the capacitive sensing oscillator is used to clock either Timer0 or Timer1. The frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator is equal to the number of counts in the timer divided by the period of the fixed time base. 14.4 • Set the T0XCS bit of the CPSCON0 register • Clear the T0CS bit of the OPTION register 14.4.2 TIMER1 To select Timer1 as the timer resource for the capacitive sensing module, set the TMR1CS<1:0> of the T1CON register to ‘11’. When Timer1 is chosen as the timer resource, the capacitive sensing oscillator will be the clock source for Timer1. Because the Timer1 module has a gate control, developing a time base for the frequency measurement can be simplified using either: • The Timer0 overflow flag • The Timer2 overflow flag • The WDT overflow flag It is recommend that one of these flags, in conjunction with the toggle mode of the Timer1 Gate, is used to develop the fixed time base required by the software portion of the capacitive sensing module. Refer to Section 12.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for additional information. TABLE 14-1: TIMER1 ENABLE FUNCTION TMR1ON TMR1GE Timer1 Operation 0 0 Off 0 1 Off 1 0 On 1 1 Count Enabled by input Fixed Time Base To measure the frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator, a fixed time base is required. Any timer resource or software loop can be used to establish the fixed time base. It is up to the end user to determine the method in which the fixed time base is generated. Note: The fixed time base can not be generated by timer resource the capacitive sensing oscillator is clocking. 41341E-page 130 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 14.5 Software Control The software portion of the capacitive sensing module is required to determine the change in frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator. This is accomplished by the following: • Setting a fixed time base to acquire counts on Timer0 or Timer1 • Establishing the nominal frequency for the capacitive sensing oscillator • Establishing the reduced frequency for the capacitive sensing oscillator due to an additional capacitive load • Set the frequency threshold 14.5.1 NOMINAL FREQUENCY (NO CAPACITIVE LOAD) 14.5.3 FREQUENCY THRESHOLD The frequency threshold should be placed midway between the value of nominal frequency and the reduced frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator. Refer to Application Note AN1103, “Software Handling for Capacitive Sensing” (DS01103) for more detailed information the software required for capacitive sensing module. Note: For more information on general Capacitive Sensing refer to Application Notes: • AN1101, “Introduction to Capacitive Sensing” (DS01101) • AN1102, “Layout and Physical Design Guidelines for Capacitive Sensing” (DS01102) To determine the nominal frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator: • Remove any extra capacitive load on the selected CPSx pin • At the start of the fixed time base, clear the timer resource • At the end of the fixed time base save the value in the timer resource The value of the timer resource is the number of oscillations of the capacitive sensing oscillator for the given time base. The frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator is equal to the number of counts on in the timer divided by the period of the fixed time base. 14.5.2 REDUCED FREQUENCY (ADDITIONAL CAPACITIVE LOAD) The extra capacitive load will cause the frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator to decrease. To determine the reduced frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator: • Add a typical capacitive load on the selected CPSx pin • Use the same fixed time base as the nominal frequency measurement • At the start of the fixed time base, clear the timer resource • At the end of the fixed time base save the value in the timer resource The value of the timer resource is the number of oscillations of the capacitive sensing oscillator with an additional capacitive load. The frequency of the capacitive sensing oscillator is equal to the number of counts on in the timer divided by the period of the fixed time base. This frequency should be less than the value obtained during the nominal frequency measurement. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 41341E-page 131 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 14.6 Operation during Sleep The capacitive sensing oscillator will continue to run as long as the module is enabled, independent of the part being in Sleep. In order for the software to determine if a frequency change has occurred, the part must be awake. However, the part does not have to be awake when the timer resource is acquiring counts. One way to acquire the Timer1 counts while in Sleep is to have Timer1 gated with the overflow of the Watchdog Timer. This can be accomplished using the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Configure the Watchdog Time-out overflow as the Timer1’s gate source T1GSS<1:0> = 11. Set Timer1 Gate to toggle mode by setting the T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. Set the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. Set TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register. Enable capacitive sensing module with the appropriate current settings and pin selection. Clear Timer1. Put the part to Sleep. On the first WDT overflow, the capacitive sensing oscillator will begin to increment Timer1. Then put the part to Sleep. On the second WDT overflow Timer1 will stop incrementing. Then run the software routine to determine if a frequency change has occurred. Refer to Section 12.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for additional information. Note 1: When using the WDT to set the interval on Timer1, any other source that wakes the part up early will cause the WDT overflow to be delayed, affecting the value captured by Timer1. 2: Timer0 does not operate when in Sleep, and therefore cannot be used for capacitive sense measurements in Sleep. 41341E-page 132 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 14-1: CPSCON0: CAPACITIVE SENSING CONTROL REGISTER 0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R/W-0 CPSON — — — CPSRNG1 CPSRNG0 CPSOUT T0XCS bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 CPSON: Capacitive Sensing Module Enable bit 1 = Capacitive sensing module is operating 0 = Capacitive sensing module is shut off and consumes no operating current bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-2 CPSRNG<1:0>: Capacitive Sensing Oscillator Range bits 00 = Oscillator is off. 01 = Oscillator is in low range. Charge/discharge current is nominally 0.1 µA. 10 = Oscillator is in medium range. Charge/discharge current is nominally 1.2 µA. 11 = Oscillator is in high range. Charge/discharge current is nominally 18 µA. bit 1 CPSOUT: Capacitive Sensing Oscillator Status bit 1 = Oscillator is sourcing current (Current flowing out the pin) 0 = Oscillator is sinking current (Current flowing into the pin) bit 0 T0XCS: Timer0 External Clock Source Select bit If T0CS = 1 The T0XCS bit controls which clock external to the core/Timer0 module supplies Timer0: 1 = Timer0 Clock Source is the capacitive sensing oscillator 0 = Timer0 Clock Source is the T0CKI pin If T0CS = 0 Timer0 clock source is controlled by the core/Timer0 module and is FOSC/4. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 41341E-page 133 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 14-2: CPSCON1: CAPACITIVE SENSING CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0(2) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — CPSCH3 CPSCH2 CPSCH1 CPSCH0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 CPSCH<3:0>: Capacitive Sensing Channel Select bits If CPSON = 0: These bits are ignored. No channel is selected. If CPSON = 1: 0000 = channel 0, (CPS0) 0001 = channel 1, (CPS1) 0010 = channel 2, (CPS2) 0011 = channel 3, (CPS3) 0100 = channel 4, (CPS4) 0101 = channel 5, (CPS5) 0110 = channel 6, (CPS6) 0111 = channel 7, (CPS7) 1000 = channel 8, (CPS8(1)) 1001 = channel 9, (CPS9(1)) 1010 = channel 10, (CPS10(1)) 1011 = channel 11, (CPS11(1)) 1100 = channel 12, (CPS12(1)) 1101 = channel 13, (CPS13(1)) 1110 = channel 14, (CPS14(1)) 1111 = channel 15, (CPS15(1)) Note 1: 2: These channels are not implemented on the PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726. This bit is not implemented on PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726, Read as ‘0’ TABLE 14-2: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPACITIVE SENSING Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 ANSELA — — ANSA5 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSELD ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 OPTION_REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE PIE1 x = Bit is unknown Bit 4 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --11 1111 --11 1111 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 1111 1111 1111 1111 T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON 0000 00-0 0000 00-0 T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISD TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the capacitive sensing module. 41341E-page 134 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM (CCP) MODULE The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral which allows the user to time and control different events. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows the timing of the duration of an event. The Compare mode allows the user to trigger an external event when a predetermined amount of time has expired. The PWM mode can generate a Pulse-Width Modulated signal of varying frequency and duty cycle. TABLE 15-1: CCP MODE – TIMER RESOURCES REQUIRED CCP Mode Timer Resource Capture Timer1 Compare Timer1 PWM Timer2 The timer resources used by the module are shown in Table 15-1. Additional information on CCP modules is available in the Application Note AN594, “Using the CCP Modules” (DS00594). TABLE 15-2: CCP1 Mode INTERACTION OF TWO CCP MODULES CCP2 Mode Interaction Capture Capture Same TMR1 time base Capture Compare Same TMR1 time base(1, 2) Compare Compare Same TMR1 time base(1, 2) PWM PWM The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt). The rising edges will be aligned. PWM Capture None PWM Compare None Note 1: 2: Note: If CCP2 is configured as a Special Event Trigger, CCP1 will clear Timer1, affecting the value captured on the CCP2 pin. If CCP1 is in Capture mode and CCP2 is configured as a Special Event Trigger, CCP2 will clear Timer1, affecting the value captured on the CCP1 pin. CCPRx and CCPx throughout this document refer to CCPR1 or CCPR2 and CCP1 or CCP2, respectively. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 135 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 15-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — DCxB1 DCxB0 CCPxM3 CCPxM2 CCPxM1 CCPxM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 DCxB<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits Capture mode: Unused Compare mode: Unused PWM mode: These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRxL. bit 3-0 CCPxM<3:0>: CCP Mode Select bits 0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP module) 0001 = Unused (reserved) 0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match (CCPxIF bit of the PIRx register is set) 0011 = Unused (reserved) 0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge 0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge 0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge 0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge 1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCPxIF bit of the PIRx register is set) 1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (CCPxIF bit of the PIRx register is set) 1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCPxIF bit is set of the PIRx register, CCPx pin is unaffected) 1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCPxIF bit of the PIRx register is set, TMR1 is reset and A/D conversion(1) is started if the ADC module is enabled. CCPx pin is unaffected.) 11xx = PWM mode. Note 1: A/D conversion start feature is available only on CCP2. DS41341E-page 136 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.1 15.1.3 Capture Mode In Capture mode, CCPRxH:CCPRxL captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 register when an event occurs on pin CCPx. An event is defined as one of the following and is configured by the CCPxM<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register: • • • • Every falling edge Every rising edge Every 4th rising edge Every 16th rising edge 15.1.1 CCPx PIN CONFIGURATION In Capture mode, the CCPx pin should be configured as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit. Either RC1 or RB3 can be selected as the CCP2 pin. Refer to Section 6.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more information. Note: If the CCPx pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture condition. FIGURE 15-1: Prescaler ÷ 1, 4, 16 CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM Set Flag bit CCPxIF (PIRx register) CCPx CCPRxH and Edge Detect CCPRxL Capture Enable TMR1H TIMER1 MODE SELECTION Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode or when Timer1 is clocked at FOSC, the capture operation may not work. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 15.1.4 Clocking Timer1 from the system clock (FOSC) should not be used in Capture Mode. In order for Capture Mode to recognize the trigger event on the CCPx pin, Timer1 must be clocked from the Instruction Clock (FOSC/4) or from an external clock source. CCP PRESCALER There are four prescaler settings specified by the CCPxM<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any Reset will clear the prescaler counter. Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by clearing the CCPxCON register before changing the prescaler (refer to Example 15-1). EXAMPLE 15-1: CHANGING BETWEEN CAPTURE PRESCALERS BANKSEL CCP1CON CLRF MOVLW MOVWF 15.1.5 TMR1L CCPxCON<3:0> System Clock (FOSC) 15.1.2 When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the CCPxIE interrupt enable bit of the PIEx register clear to avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should clear the CCPxIF interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register following any change in operating mode. Note: When a capture is made, the Interrupt Request Flag bit CCPxIF of the PIRx register is set. The interrupt flag must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before the value in the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new captured value (refer to Figure 15-1). SOFTWARE INTERRUPT ;Set Bank bits to point ;to CCP1CON CCP1CON ;Turn CCP module off NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with ; the new prescaler ; move value and CCP ON CCP1CON ;Load CCP1CON with this ; value CAPTURE DURING SLEEP Capture mode depends upon the Timer1 module for proper operation. There are two options for driving the Timer1 module in Capture mode. It can be driven by the instruction clock (FOSC/4), or by an external clock source. If Timer1 is clocked by FOSC/4, then Timer1 will not increment during Sleep. When the device wakes from Sleep, Timer1 will continue from its previous state. If Timer1 is clocked by an external clock source, then Capture mode will operate as defined in Section 15.1 “Capture Mode”. DS41341E-page 137 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 15-3: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2CON — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCPRxL Capture/Compare/PWM Register X Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPRxH Capture/Compare/PWM Register X High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu INTCON PIE1 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 0000 0x00 0000 0x00 uuuu uuuu TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TRISB TRISC Legend: TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Capture. DS41341E-page 138 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.2 15.2.2 Compare Mode In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPRx register value is constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair value. When a match occurs, the CCPx module may: • • • • • Toggle the CCPx output Set the CCPx output Clear the CCPx output Generate a Special Event Trigger Generate a Software Interrupt TIMER1 MODE SELECTION In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The compare operation may not work in Asynchronous Counter mode. Note: The action on the pin is based on the value of the CCPxM<3:0> control bits of the CCPxCON register. Clocking Timer1 from the system clock (FOSC) should not be used in Compare mode. For the Compare operation of the TMR1 register to the CCPRx register to occur, Timer1 must be clocked from the Instruction Clock (FOSC/4) or from an external clock source. All Compare modes can generate an interrupt. 15.2.3 FIGURE 15-2: When Software Interrupt mode is chosen (CCPxM<3:0> = 1010), the CCPxIF bit in the PIRx register is set and the CCPx module does not assert control of the CCPx pin (refer to the CCPxCON register). COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM CCPxCON<3:0> Mode Select Set CCPxIF Interrupt Flag (PIRx) 4 CCPRxH CCPRxL CCPx Q S R Output Logic Match TRIS Output Enable Comparator TMR1H TMR1L Special Event Trigger Special Event Trigger will: • Clear TMR1H and TMR1L registers. • NOT set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register. • Set the GO/DONE bit to start the ADC conversion (CCP2 only). 15.2.1 CCPx PIN CONFIGURATION The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by clearing the associated TRIS bit. Either RC1 or RB3 can be selected as the CCP2 pin. Refer to Section 6.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more information. Note: 15.2.4 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER When Special Event Trigger mode is chosen (CCPxM<3:0> = 1011), the CCPx module does the following: • Resets Timer1 • Starts an ADC conversion if ADC is enabled (CCP2 only) The CCPx module does not assert control of the CCPx pin in this mode (refer to the CCPxCON register). The Special Event Trigger output of the CCP occurs immediately upon a match between the TMR1H, TMR1L register pair and the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair. The TMR1H, TMR1L register pair is not reset until the next rising edge of the Timer1 clock. This allows the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair to effectively provide a 16-bit programmable period register for Timer1. Note 1: The Special Event Trigger from the CCP module does not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register. 2: Removing the match condition by changing the contents of the CCPRxH and CCPRxL register pair, between the clock edge that generates the Special Event Trigger and the clock edge that generates the Timer1 Reset, will preclude the Reset from occurring. Clearing the CCPxCON register will force the CCPx compare output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORT I/O data latch. 15.2.5 COMPARE DURING SLEEP The Compare Mode is dependent upon the system clock (FOSC) for proper operation. Since FOSC is shut down during Sleep mode, the Compare mode will not function properly during Sleep. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 139 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 15-4: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 APFCON — — — — CCP1CON — — DC1B1 CCP2CON — — DC2B1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 --00 0000 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 CHS1 CHS0 ANSB3 ANSB2 — DC1B0 DC2B0 CCPRxL Capture/Compare/PWM Register X Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPRxH Capture/Compare/PWM Register X High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 ---- ---0 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 T1CON TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u T1GCON TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS1 T1GSS0 0000 0x00 0000 0x00 uuuu uuuu PIR2 TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the Compare. DS41341E-page 140 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.3 PWM Mode The PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width Modulated signal on the CCPx pin. The duty cycle, period and resolution are determined by the following registers: • • • • The PWM output (Figure 15-4) has a time base (period) and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). FIGURE 15-4: PR2 T2CON CCPRxL CCPxCON CCP PWM OUTPUT Period Pulse Width In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP module produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output on the CCPx pin. TMR2 = PR2 TMR2 = CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4> TMR2 = 0 Figure 15-3 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM operation. 15.3.1 Figure 15-4 shows a typical waveform of the PWM signal. In PWM mode, the CCPx pin is multiplexed with the PORT data latch. The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by clearing the associated TRIS bit. For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP module for PWM operation, refer to Section 15.3.8 “Setup for PWM Operation”. FIGURE 15-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM CCPX PIN CONFIGURATION Either RC1 or RB3 can be selected as the CCP2 pin. Refer to Section 6.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more information. Note: Clearing the CCPxCON register will relinquish CCPx control of the CCPx pin. CCPxCON<5:4> Duty Cycle Registers CCPRxL CCPRxH(2) (Slave) CCPx R Comparator TMR2 (1) Q S TRIS Comparator PR2 Note 1: 2: Clear Timer2, toggle CCPx pin and latch duty cycle The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. In PWM mode, CCPRxH is a read-only register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 141 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.3.2 PWM PERIOD EQUATION 15-2: PULSE WIDTH The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the formula of Equation 15-1. Pulse Width = ( CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4> ) • EQUATION 15-1: Note: TOSC = 1/FOSC PWM PERIOD PWM Period = [ ( PR2 ) + 1 ] • 4 • T OSC • (TMR2 Prescale Value) Note: TOSC = 1/FOSC When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: • TMR2 is cleared • The CCPx pin is set. (Exception: If the PWM duty cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.) • The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPRxL into CCPRxH. Note: 15.3.3 The Timer2 postscaler (refer to Section 13.1 “Timer2 Operation”) is not used in the determination of the PWM frequency. T OSC • (TMR2 Prescale Value) EQUATION 15-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO ( CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4> ) Duty Cycle Ratio = ----------------------------------------------------------------------4 ( PR2 + 1 ) The CCPRxH register and a 2-bit internal latch are used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation. The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1. When the 10-bit time base matches the CCPRxH and 2-bit latch, then the CCPx pin is cleared (refer to Figure 15-3). PWM DUTY CYCLE The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit value to multiple registers: CCPRxL register and DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. The CCPRxL contains the eight MSbs and the DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register contain the two LSbs. CCPRxL and DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register can be written to at any time. The duty cycle value is not latched into CCPRxH until after the period completes (i.e., a match between PR2 and TMR2 registers occurs). While using the PWM, the CCPRxH register is read-only. Equation 15-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse width. Equation 15-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle ratio. DS41341E-page 142 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 15.3.4 PWM RESOLUTION EQUATION 15-4: The resolution determines the number of available duty cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles. log [ 4 ( PR2 + 1 ) ] Resolution = ------------------------------------------ bits log ( 2 ) The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is 255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register value as shown by Equation 15-4. TABLE 15-5: 1.22 kHz Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz 16 4 1 1 1 1 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17 10 10 10 8 7 6.6 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz 16 4 1 1 1 1 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09 8 8 8 6 5 5 Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value Maximum Resolution (bits) OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment and the state of the module will not change. If the CCPx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value. When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue from its previous state. CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK FREQUENCY The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock frequency (FOSC). Any changes in the system clock frequency will result in changes to the PWM frequency. Refer to Section 7.0 “Oscillator Module” for additional details. 15.3.8 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. EFFECTS OF RESET • Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the CCP registers to their Reset states. • 6. • • Disable the PWM pin (CCPx) output driver(s) by setting the associated TRIS bit(s). Load the PR2 register with the PWM period value. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode by loading the CCPxCON register with the appropriate values. Load the CCPRxL register and the DCxBx bits of the CCPxCON register, with the PWM duty cycle value. Configure and start Timer2: Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register. See Note below. Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON register with the Timer2 prescale value. Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit of the T2CON register. Enable PWM output pin: Wait until Timer2 overflows, TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register is set. See Note below. Enable the PWM pin (CCPx) output driver(s) by clearing the associated TRIS bit(s). Note: © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION The following steps should be taken when configuring the CCP module for PWM operation: • 15.3.7 78.12 kHz EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz) PWM Frequency 15.3.6 If the pulse width value is greater than the period the assigned PWM pin(s) will remain unchanged. 0xFF Maximum Resolution (bits) 15.3.5 Note: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz) PWM Frequency TABLE 15-6: PWM RESOLUTION In order to send a complete duty cycle and period on the first PWM output, the above steps must be included in the setup sequence. If it is not critical to start with a complete PWM signal on the first output, then step 6 may be ignored. DS41341E-page 143 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 15-7: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCP2CON — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 --00 0000 CCPRxL Capture/Compare/PWM Register X Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CCPRxH Capture/Compare/PWM Register X High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 -000 0000 T2CON TMR2 TRISB TRISC Legend: — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 Timer2 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u = unchanged, x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM. DS41341E-page 144 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.0 ADDRESSABLE UNIVERSAL SYNCHRONOUS ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (AUSART) The AUSART module includes the following capabilities: • • • • • • • • • • The Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (AUSART) module is a serial I/O communications peripheral. It contains all the clock generators, shift registers and data buffers necessary to perform an input or output serial data transfer independent of device program execution. The AUSART, also known as a Serial Communications Interface (SCI), can be configured as a full-duplex asynchronous system or half-duplex synchronous system. Full-Duplex mode is useful for communications with peripheral systems, such as CRT terminals and personal computers. Half-Duplex Synchronous mode is intended for communications with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated circuits, serial EEPROMs or other microcontrollers. These devices typically do not have internal clocks for baud rate generation and require the external clock signal provided by a master synchronous device. FIGURE 16-1: Full-duplex asynchronous transmit and receive Two-character input buffer One-character output buffer Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length Address detection in 9-bit mode Input buffer overrun error detection Received character framing error detection Half-duplex synchronous master Half-duplex synchronous slave Sleep operation Block diagrams of the AUSART transmitter and receiver are shown in Figure 16-1 and Figure 16-2. AUSART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus TXIE Interrupt TXIF TXREG Register 8 TX/CK MSb LSb (8) 0 Pin Buffer and Control TRMT SPEN • • • Transmit Shift Register (TSR) TXEN Baud Rate Generator FOSC ÷n TX9 n +1 SPBRG Multiplier x4 SYNC 1 0 0 BRGH x 1 0 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. x16 x64 TX9D DS41341E-page 145 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 16-2: AUSART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM SPEN CREN RX/DT Baud Rate Generator +1 SPBRG RSR Register MSb Pin Buffer and Control Data Recovery FOSC Multiplier x4 x16 x64 SYNC 1 0 0 BRGH x 1 0 Stop OERR (8) ••• 7 1 LSb 0 START RX9 ÷n n FERR RX9D RCREG Register FIFO 8 Data Bus RCIF RCIE Interrupt The operation of the AUSART module is controlled through two registers: • Transmit Status and Control (TXSTA) • Receive Status and Control (RCSTA) These registers are detailed in Register 16-1 and Register 16-2, respectively. DS41341E-page 146 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.1 AUSART Asynchronous Mode The AUSART transmits and receives data using the standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format. NRZ is implemented with two levels: a VOH mark state which represents a ‘1’ data bit, and a VOL space state which represents a ‘0’ data bit. NRZ refers to the fact that consecutively transmitted data bits of the same value stay at the output level of that bit without returning to a neutral level between each bit transmission. An NRZ transmission port idles in the mark state. Each character transmission consists of one Start bit followed by eight or nine data bits and is always terminated by one or more Stop bits. The Start bit is always a space and the Stop bits are always marks. The most common data format is 8 bits. Each transmitted bit persists for a period of 1/(Baud Rate). An on-chip dedicated 8-bit Baud Rate Generator is used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the system oscillator. Refer to Table 16-5 for examples of baud rate configurations. The AUSART transmits and receives the LSb first. The AUSART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally independent, but share the same data format and baud rate. Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can be implemented in software and stored as the ninth data bit. 16.1.1 AUSART ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMITTER The AUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 16-1. The heart of the transmitter is the serial Transmit Shift Register (TSR), which is not directly accessible by software. The TSR obtains its data from the transmit buffer, which is the TXREG register. 16.1.1.1 Enabling the Transmitter The AUSART transmitter is enabled for asynchronous operations by configuring the following three control bits: • TXEN = 1 • SYNC = 0 • SPEN = 1 All other AUSART control bits are assumed to be in their default state. Setting the TXEN bit of the TXSTA register enables the transmitter circuitry of the AUSART. Clearing the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the AUSART for asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the AUSART and automatically configures the TX/CK I/O pin as an output. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Note 1: When the SPEN bit is set the RX/DT I/O pin is automatically configured as an input, regardless of the state of the corresponding TRIS bit and whether or not the AUSART receiver is enabled. The RX/DT pin data can be read via a normal PORT read but PORT latch data output is precluded. 2: The TXIF transmitter interrupt flag is set when the TXEN enable bit is set. 16.1.1.2 Transmitting Data A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the TXREG register. If this is the first character, or the previous character has been completely flushed from the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately transferred to the TSR register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a previous character, the new character data is held in the TXREG until the Stop bit of the previous character has been transmitted. The pending character in the TXREG is then transferred to the TSR in one TCY immediately following the Stop bit transmission. The transmission of the Start bit, data bits and Stop bit sequence commences immediately following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the TXREG. 16.1.1.3 Transmit Interrupt Flag The TXIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set whenever the AUSART transmitter is enabled and no character is being held for transmission in the TXREG. In other words, the TXIF bit is only clear when the TSR is busy with a character and a new character has been queued for transmission in the TXREG. The TXIF flag bit is not cleared immediately upon writing TXREG. TXIF becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following the write execution. Polling TXIF immediately following the TXREG write will return invalid results. The TXIF bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software. The TXIF interrupt can be enabled by setting the TXIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register. However, the TXIF flag bit will be set whenever the TXREG is empty, regardless of the state of TXIE enable bit. To use interrupts when transmitting data, set the TXIE bit only when there is more data to send. Clear the TXIE interrupt enable bit upon writing the last character of the transmission to the TXREG. DS41341E-page 147 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.1.1.4 TSR Status 16.1.1.6 The TRMT bit of the TXSTA register indicates the status of the TSR register. This is a read-only bit. The TRMT bit is set when the TSR register is empty and is cleared when a character is transferred to the TSR register from the TXREG. The TRMT bit remains clear until all bits have been shifted out of the TSR register. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit to determine the TSR status. Note: 16.1.1.5 1. 2. 3. The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 4. Transmitting 9-Bit Characters The AUSART supports 9-bit character transmissions. When the TX9 bit of the TXSTA register is set the AUSART will shift 9 bits out for each character transmitted. The TX9D bit of the TXSTA register is the ninth, and Most Significant, data bit. When transmitting 9-bit data, the TX9D data bit must be written before writing the 8 Least Significant bits into the TXREG. All nine bits of data will be transferred to the TSR shift register immediately after the TXREG is written. 5. 6. 7. Asynchronous Transmission Set-up: Initialize the SPBRG register and the BRGH bit to achieve the desired baud rate (Refer to Section 16.2 “AUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 control bit. A set ninth data bit will indicate that the 8 Least Significant data bits are an address when the receiver is set for address detection. Enable the transmission by setting the TXEN control bit. This will cause the TXIF interrupt bit to be set. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register. An interrupt will occur immediately provided that the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register are also set. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded into the TX9D data bit. Load 8-bit data into the TXREG register. This will start the transmission. A special 9-bit Address mode is available for use with multiple receivers. Refer to Section 16.1.2.7 “Address Detection” for more information on the Address mode. FIGURE 16-3: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Write to TXREG BRG Output (Shift Clock) Word 1 TX/CK pin Start bit FIGURE 16-4: bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Word 1 TXIF bit (Transmit Buffer Empty Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) bit 0 1 TCY Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK-TO-BACK) Write to TXREG BRG Output (Shift Clock) Word 1 TX/CK pin TXIF bit (Transmit Buffer Empty Flag) Word 2 Start bit bit 0 1 TCY bit 1 Word 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 0 Word 2 1 TCY TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) Note: Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg. Word 2 Transmit Shift Reg. This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions. DS41341E-page 148 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 16-1: Name REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 INTCON RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 0000 000x SPBRG BRG7 BRG6 BRG5 BRG4 BRG3 BRG2 BRG1 BRG0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 -010 0000 -010 TXREG TXSTA Legend: AUSART Transmit Data Register CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Transmission. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 149 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.1.2 AUSART ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER The Asynchronous mode is typically used in RS-232 systems. The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 16-2. The data is received on the RX/DT pin and drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a high-speed shifter operating at 16 times the baud rate, whereas the serial Receive Shift Register (RSR) operates at the bit rate. When all 8 or 9 bits of the character have been shifted in, they are immediately transferred to a two character First-In First-Out (FIFO) memory. The FIFO buffering allows reception of two complete characters and the start of a third character before software must start servicing the AUSART receiver. The FIFO and RSR registers are not directly accessible by software. Access to the received data is via the RCREG register. 16.1.2.1 Enabling the Receiver The AUSART receiver is enabled for asynchronous operation by configuring the following three control bits: • CREN = 1 • SYNC = 0 • SPEN = 1 All other AUSART control bits are assumed to be in their default state. Setting the CREN bit of the RCSTA register enables the receiver circuitry of the AUSART. Clearing the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the AUSART for asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the AUSART and automatically configures the RX/DT I/O pin as an input. Note: When the SPEN bit is set the TX/CK I/O pin is automatically configured as an output, regardless of the state of the corresponding TRIS bit and whether or not the AUSART transmitter is enabled. The PORT latch is disconnected from the output driver so it is not possible to use the TX/CK pin as a general purpose output. 16.1.2.2 Receiving Data The receiver data recovery circuit initiates character reception on the falling edge of the first bit. The first bit, also known as the Start bit, is always a zero. The data recovery circuit counts one-half bit time to the center of the Start bit and verifies that the bit is still a zero. If it is not a zero then the data recovery circuit aborts character reception, without generating an error, and resumes looking for the falling edge of the Start bit. If the Start bit zero verification succeeds then the data recovery circuit counts a full bit time to the center of the next bit. The bit is then sampled by a majority detect circuit and the resulting ‘0’ or ‘1’ is shifted into the RSR. This repeats until all data bits have been sampled and shifted into the RSR. One final bit time is measured and the level sampled. This is the Stop bit, which is always a ‘1’. If the data recovery circuit samples a ‘0’ in the Stop bit position then a framing error is set for this character, otherwise the framing error is cleared for this character. Refer to Section 16.1.2.4 “Receive Framing Error” for more information on framing errors. Immediately after all data bits and the Stop bit have been received, the character in the RSR is transferred to the AUSART receive FIFO and the RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set. The top character in the FIFO is transferred out of the FIFO by reading the RCREG register. Note: 16.1.2.3 If the receive FIFO is overrun, no additional characters will be received until the overrun condition is cleared. Refer to Section 16.1.2.5 “Receive Overrun Error” for more information on overrun errors. Receive Interrupts The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set whenever the AUSART receiver is enabled and there is an unread character in the receive FIFO. The RCIF interrupt flag bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software. RCIF interrupts are enabled by setting all of the following bits: • RCIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register • PEIE peripheral interrupt enable bit of the INTCON register • GIE global interrupt enable bit of the INTCON register The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set when there is an unread character in the FIFO, regardless of the state of interrupt enable bits. DS41341E-page 150 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.1.2.4 Receive Framing Error Each character in the receive FIFO buffer has a corresponding framing error Status bit. A framing error indicates that a Stop bit was not seen at the expected time. The framing error status is accessed via the FERR bit of the RCSTA register. The FERR bit represents the status of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. Therefore, the FERR bit must be read before reading the RCREG. The FERR bit is read-only and only applies to the top unread character in the receive FIFO. A framing error (FERR = 1) does not preclude reception of additional characters. It is not necessary to clear the FERR bit. Reading the next character from the FIFO buffer will advance the FIFO to the next character and the next corresponding framing error. The FERR bit can be forced clear by clearing the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register which resets the AUSART. Clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register does not affect the FERR bit. A framing error by itself does not generate an interrupt. Note: 16.1.2.5 16.1.2.7 Address Detection A special Address Detection mode is available for use when multiple receivers share the same transmission line, such as in RS-485 systems. Address detection is enabled by setting the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register. Address detection requires 9-bit character reception. When address detection is enabled, only characters with the ninth data bit set will be transferred to the receive FIFO buffer, thereby setting the RCIF interrupt bit of the PIR1 register. All other characters will be ignored. Upon receiving an address character, user software determines if the address matches its own. Upon address match, user software must disable address detection by clearing the ADDEN bit before the next Stop bit occurs. When user software detects the end of the message, determined by the message protocol used, software places the receiver back into the Address Detection mode by setting the ADDEN bit. If all receive characters in the receive FIFO have framing errors, repeated reads of the RCREG will not clear the FERR bit. Receive Overrun Error The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its entirety, is received before the FIFO is accessed. When this happens the OERR bit of the RCSTA register is set. The characters already in the FIFO buffer can be read but no additional characters will be received until the error is cleared. The error must be cleared by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by setting the AUSART by clearing the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register. 16.1.2.6 Receiving 9-bit Characters The AUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set the AUSART will shift 9 bits into the RSR for each character received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the ninth and Most Significant data bit of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must be read before reading the 8 Least Significant bits from the RCREG. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 151 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.1.2.8 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Asynchronous Reception Set-up: 16.1.2.9 Initialize the SPBRG register and the BRGH bit to achieve the desired baud rate (refer to Section 16.2 “AUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit. The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous operation. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit. The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set when a character is transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register was also set. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags and, if 9-bit data reception is enabled, the ninth data bit. Get the received 8 Least Significant data bits from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG register. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by clearing the CREN receiver enable bit. FIGURE 16-5: Rcv Shift Reg Rcv Buffer Reg This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems. To set up an Asynchronous Reception with Address Detect Enable: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register and the BRGH bit to achieve the desired baud rate (refer to Section 16.2 “AUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). 2. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit. The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous operation. 3. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. 4. Enable 9-bit reception by setting the RX9 bit. 5. Enable address detection by setting the ADDEN bit. 6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit. 7. The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set when a character with the ninth bit set is transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register was also set. 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags. The ninth data bit will always be set. 9. Get the received 8 Least Significant data bits from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG register. Software determines if this is the device’s address. 10. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by clearing the CREN receiver enable bit. 11. If the device has been addressed, clear the ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the receive buffer and generate interrupts. ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Start bit bit 0 RX/DT pin 9-bit Address Detection Mode Set-up bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit Word 1 RCREG bit 0 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 7/8 Stop bit Word 2 RCREG Read Rcv Buffer Reg RCREG RCIF (Interrupt Flag) OERR bit CREN Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word, causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set. DS41341E-page 152 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 16-2: Name REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 RCREG AUSART Receive Data Register INTCON 0000 0000 0000 0000 RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 0000 000x SPBRG BRG7 BRG6 BRG5 BRG4 BRG3 BRG2 BRG1 BRG0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 TXSTA Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Reception. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 153 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 16-1: R/W-0 CSRC TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-1 R/W-0 TX9 TXEN(1) SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode: 1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG) 0 = Slave mode (clock from external source) bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit transmission 0 = Selects 8-bit transmission bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1) 1 = Transmit enabled 0 = Transmit disabled bit 4 SYNC: AUSART Mode Select bit 1 = Synchronous mode 0 = Asynchronous mode bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = High speed 0 = Low speed Synchronous mode: Unused in this mode bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit 1 = TSR empty 0 = TSR full bit 0 TX9D: Ninth bit of Transmit Data Can be address/data bit or a parity bit. Note 1: x = Bit is unknown SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Synchronous mode. DS41341E-page 154 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 16-2: RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-x SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit(1) 1 = Serial port enabled (configures RX/DT and TX/CK pins as serial port pins) 0 = Serial port disabled (held in Reset) bit 6 RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit reception 0 = Selects 8-bit reception bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode – Master: 1 = Enables single receive 0 = Disables single receive This bit is cleared after reception is complete. Synchronous mode – Slave: Don’t care bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Enables receiver 0 = Disables receiver Synchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN) 0 = Disables continuous receive bit 3 ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1): 1 = Enables address detection, enable interrupt and load the receive buffer when RSR<8> is set 0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit Asynchronous mode 8-bit (RX9 = 0): Don’t care Synchronous mode: Must be set to ‘0’ bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit 1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte) 0 = No framing error bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit 1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN) 0 = No overrun error bit 0 RX9D: Ninth bit of Received Data This can be address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware. Note 1: The AUSART module automatically changes the pin from tri-state to drive as needed. Configure TRISx = 1. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 155 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.2 EXAMPLE 16-1: AUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR For a device with FOSC of 16 MHz, desired baud rate of 9600, and Asynchronous mode with SYNC = 0 and BRGH = 0 (as seen in Table 16-3): The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) is an 8-bit timer that is dedicated to the support of both the asynchronous and synchronous AUSART operation. F OS C Desired Baud Rate = --------------------------------------64 ( SPBRG + 1 ) The SPBRG register determines the period of the free running baud rate timer. In Asynchronous mode the multiplier of the baud rate period is determined by the BRGH bit of the TXSTA register. In Synchronous mode, the BRGH bit is ignored. Solving for SPBRG: F OS C SPBRG = ⎛ ---------------------------------------------------------⎞ – 1 ⎝ 64 ( Desired Baud Rate )⎠ Table 16-3 contains the formulas for determining the baud rate. Example 16-1 provides a sample calculation for determining the baud rate and baud rate error. 16000000 = ⎛ ------------------------⎞ – 1 ⎝ 64 ( 9600 )⎠ Typical baud rates and error values for various asynchronous modes have been computed for your convenience and are shown in Table 16-3. It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1), to reduce the baud rate error. = [ 25.042 ] = 25 16000000 Actual Baud Rate = --------------------------64 ( 25 + 1 ) = 9615 Writing a new value to the SPBRG register causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures that the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate. Actual Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate % Error = ⎛ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------⎞ 100 ⎝ ⎠ Desired Baud Rate 9615 – 9600 = ⎛ ------------------------------⎞ 100 = 0.16% ⎝ 9600 ⎠ TABLE 16-3: BAUD RATE FORMULAS Configuration Bits AUSART Mode Baud Rate Formula 0 Asynchronous FOSC/[64 (n+1)] 1 Asynchronous FOSC/[16 (n+1)] x Synchronous FOSC/[4 (n+1)] SYNC BRGH 0 0 1 Legend: x = Don’t care, n = value of SPBRG register TABLE 16-4: Name REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BAUD RATE GENERATOR Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets 0000 000x RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x SPBRG BRG7 BRG6 BRG5 BRG4 BRG3 BRG2 BRG1 BRG0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the Baud Rate Generator. DS41341E-page 156 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 16-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 18.432 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 16.0000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 11.0592 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1200 1221 1.73 255 1200 0.00 239 1201 0.08 207 1200 0.00 143 2400 2404 0.16 129 2400 0.00 119 2403 0.16 103 2400 0.00 71 9600 9470 -1.36 32 9600 0.00 29 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 17 10417 10417 0.00 29 10286 -1.26 27 10416 -0.01 23 10165 -2.42 16 19.2k 19.53k 1.73 15 19.20k 0.00 14 19.23k 0.16 12 19.20k 0.00 8 57.6k — — — 57.60k 0.00 7 — — — 57.60k 0.00 2 115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — — SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 4.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 3.6864 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 1.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — 300 0.16 207 300 0.00 191 300 0.16 51 1200 1202 0.16 103 1202 0.16 51 1200 0.00 47 1202 0.16 12 2400 2404 0.16 51 2404 0.16 25 2400 0.00 23 — — — 9600 9615 0.16 12 — — — 9600 0.00 5 — — — 10417 10417 0.00 11 10417 0.00 5 — — — — — — 19.2k — — — — — — 19.20k 0.00 2 — — — 57.6k — — — — — — 57.60k 0.00 0 — — — 115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — — SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 18.432 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 16.0000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 11.0592 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1200 — — — — — — — — — — — — 2400 — — — — — — — — — — — — 9600 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 71 10417 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 65 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 35 57.6k 56.82k -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 58.8k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 11 115.2k 113.64k -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 — — — 115.2k 0.00 5 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 157 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 16-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 4.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 3.6864 MHz Actual Rate FOSC = 1.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 1200 — — — — — — — 1202 — 0.16 — 207 — 1200 — 0.00 — 191 300 1202 0.16 0.16 207 51 2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25 — 9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23 — — 10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5 19.2k 19231 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.2k 0.00 11 — — — 57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 — — — 57.60k 0.00 3 — — — 115.2k — — — — — — 115.2k 0.00 1 — — — DS41341E-page 158 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.3 AUSART Synchronous Mode Synchronous serial communications are typically used in systems with a single master and one or more slaves. The master device contains the necessary circuitry for baud rate generation and supplies the clock for all devices in the system. Slave devices can take advantage of the master clock by eliminating the internal clock generation circuitry. There are two signal lines in Synchronous mode: a bidirectional data line and a clock line. Slaves use the external clock supplied by the master to shift the serial data into and out of their respective receive and transmit shift registers. Since the data line is bidirectional, synchronous operation is half-duplex only. Half-duplex refers to the fact that master and slave devices can receive and transmit data but not both simultaneously. The AUSART can operate as either a master or slave device. 16.3.1.2 Data is transferred out of the device on the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT and TX/CK pin output drivers are automatically enabled when the AUSART is configured for synchronous master transmit operation. A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the TXREG register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a previous character, the new character data is held in the TXREG until the last bit of the previous character has been transmitted. If this is the first character, or the previous character has been completely flushed from the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately transferred to the TSR. The transmission of the character commences immediately following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the TXREG. Each data bit changes on the leading edge of the master clock and remains valid until the subsequent leading clock edge. Start and Stop bits are not used in synchronous transmissions. 16.3.1 SYNCHRONOUS MASTER MODE The following bits are used to configure the AUSART for Synchronous Master operation: • • • • • SYNC = 1 CSRC = 1 SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive) CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive) SPEN = 1 Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device for synchronous operation. Setting the CSRC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device as a master. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA register ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the AUSART. 16.3.1.1 Master Clock Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line, which is synchronous with the data. A device configured as a master transmits the clock on the TX/CK line. The TX/CK pin output driver is automatically enabled when the AUSART is configured for synchronous transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge of each clock. One clock cycle is generated for each data bit. Only as many clock cycles are generated as there are data bits. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Synchronous Master Transmission Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 16.3.1.3 Synchronous Master Transmission Set-up: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Initialize the SPBRG register and the BRGH bit to achieve the desired baud rate (refer to Section 16.2 “AUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN, and CSRC. Disable Receive mode by clearing bits SREN and CREN. Enable Transmit mode by setting the TXEN bit. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in the TX9D bit. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. DS41341E-page 159 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 16-6: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 Word 1 bit 2 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 Word 2 bit 7 TX/CK pin Write to TXREG Reg Write Word 1 Write Word 2 TXIF bit (Interrupt Flag) TRMT bit TXEN bit Note: ‘1’ ‘1’ Synchronous Master mode, SPBRG = 0, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words. FIGURE 16-7: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN) RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 6 bit 7 TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg TXIF bit TRMT bit TXEN bit TABLE 16-6: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 0000 000x SPBRG BRG7 BRG6 BRG5 BRG4 BRG3 BRG2 BRG1 BRG0 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TRISC TXREG TXSTA Legend: AUSART Transmit Data Register CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 -010 0000 -010 x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Transmission. DS41341E-page 160 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.3.1.4 Synchronous Master Reception Data is received at the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT pin output driver is automatically disabled when the AUSART is configured for synchronous master receive operation. In Synchronous mode, reception is enabled by setting either the Single Receive Enable bit (SREN of the RCSTA register) or the Continuous Receive Enable bit (CREN of the RCSTA register). When SREN is set and CREN is clear, only as many clock cycles are generated as there are data bits in a single character. The SREN bit is automatically cleared at the completion of one character. When CREN is set, clocks are continuously generated until CREN is cleared. If CREN is cleared in the middle of a character the CK clock stops immediately and the partial character is discarded. If SREN and CREN are both set, then SREN is cleared at the completion of the first character and CREN takes precedence. To initiate reception, set either SREN or CREN. Data is sampled at the RX/DT pin on the trailing edge of the TX/CK clock pin and is shifted into the Receive Shift Register (RSR). When a complete character is received into the RSR, the RCIF bit of the PIR1 register is set and the character is automatically transferred to the two character receive FIFO. The Least Significant eight bits of the top character in the receive FIFO are available in RCREG. The RCIF bit remains set as long as there are un-read characters in the receive FIFO. 16.3.1.5 Slave Clock Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line, which is synchronous with the data. A device configured as a slave receives the clock on the TX/CK line. The TX/ CK pin output driver is automatically disabled when the device is configured for synchronous slave transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge of each clock. One data bit is transferred for each clock cycle. Only as many clock cycles should be received as there are data bits. 16.3.1.6 Receive Overrun Error The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its entirety, is received before RCREG is read to access the FIFO. When this happens the OERR bit of the RCSTA register is set. Previous data in the FIFO will not be overwritten. The two characters in the FIFO buffer can be read, however, no additional characters will be received until the error is cleared. The OERR bit can only be cleared by clearing the overrun condition. If the overrun error occurred when the SREN bit is set and CREN is clear then the error is cleared by reading RCREG. If the overrun occurred when the CREN bit is set then the error condition is cleared by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 16.3.1.7 Receiving 9-bit Characters The AUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set, the AUSART will shift 9-bits into the RSR for each character received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the ninth, and Most Significant, data bit of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must be read before reading the 8 Least Significant bits from the RCREG. Address detection in Synchronous modes is not supported, therefore the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register must be cleared. 16.3.1.8 Synchronous Master Reception Setup: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH bit, as required, to achieve the desired baud rate. 2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. 3. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. 4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9. 6. Verify address detection is disabled by clearing the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register. 7. Start reception by setting the SREN bit or for continuous reception, set the CREN bit. 8. Interrupt flag bit RCIF of the PIR1 register will be set when reception of a character is complete. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register was set. 9. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 10. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 11. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by clearing the SPEN bit, which resets the AUSART. DS41341E-page 161 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 16-8: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN) RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 TX/CK pin Write to bit SREN SREN bit CREN bit ‘0’ ‘0’ RCIF bit (Interrupt) Read RCREG Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Synchronous Master mode with bit SREN = 1 and bit BRGH = 0. TABLE 16-7: Name INTCON REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF RCREG AUSART Receive Data Register PIE1 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000X 0000 000X TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 TXSTA Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Reception. DS41341E-page 162 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.3.2 SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE MODE If two words are written to the TXREG and then the SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: The following bits are used to configure the AUSART for Synchronous slave operation: • • • • • 1. SYNC = 1 CSRC = 0 SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive) CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive) SPEN = 1 2. 3. 4. Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device for synchronous operation. Clearing the CSRC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device as a slave. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA register ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the AUSART. 16.3.2.1 5. 16.3.2.2 1. AUSART Synchronous Slave Transmit 2. 3. The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes are identical (refer to Section 16.3.1.2 “Synchronous Master Transmission”), except in the case of the Sleep mode. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. TABLE 16-8: Name INTCON The first character will immediately transfer to the TSR register and transmit. The second word will remain in TXREG register. The TXIF bit will not be set. After the first character has been shifted out of TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second character to the TSR and the TXIF bit will now be set. If the PEIE and TXIE bits are set, the interrupt will wake the device from Sleep and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the program will call the Interrupt Service Routine. Synchronous Slave Transmission Set-up: Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the CSRC bit. Clear the CREN and SREN bits. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register are set and set the TXIE bit. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit. Enable transmission by setting the TXEN bit. Verify address detection is disabled by clearing the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register. If 9-bit transmission is selected, insert the Most Significant bit into the TX9D bit. Start transmission by writing the Least Significant 8 bits to the TXREG register. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000X 0000 000X TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 -010 0000 -010 RCSTA TRISC TXREG TXSTA Legend: AUSART Transmit Data Register CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Transmission. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 163 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.3.2.3 AUSART Synchronous Slave Reception 16.3.2.4 The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes is identical (Section 16.3.1.4 “Synchronous Master Reception”), with the following exceptions: 1. 2. • Sleep • CREN bit is always set, therefore the receiver is never Idle • SREN bit, which is a “don’t care” in Slave mode 3. 4. A character may be received while in Sleep mode by setting the CREN bit prior to entering Sleep. Once the word is received, the RSR register will transfer the data to the RCREG register. If the RCIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register is set, the interrupt generated will wake the device from Sleep and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the program will branch to the interrupt vector. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. TABLE 16-9: Name INTCON Synchronous Slave Reception Setup: Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the CSRC bit. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit. Verify address detection is disabled by clearing the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register. Set the CREN bit to enable reception. The RCIF bit of the PIR1 register will be set when reception is complete. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register was set. If 9-bit mode is enabled, retrieve the Most Significant bit from the RX9D bit of the RCSTA register. Retrieve the 8 Least Significant bits from the receive FIFO by reading the RCREG register. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register. REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on all other Resets Value on POR, BOR GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF RCREG AUSART Receive Data Register PIE1 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000X 0000 000X TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010 Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Reception. DS41341E-page 164 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 16.4 AUSART Operation During Sleep The AUSART will remain active during Sleep only in the Synchronous Slave mode. All other modes require the system clock and therefore cannot generate the necessary signals to run the Transmit or Receive Shift registers during Sleep. Synchronous Slave mode uses an externally generated clock to run the Transmit and Receive Shift registers. 16.4.1 SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE DURING SLEEP To receive during Sleep, all the following conditions must be met before entering Sleep mode: • RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be configured for Synchronous Slave Reception (refer to Section 16.3.2.4 “Synchronous Slave Reception Set-up:”). • If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the PEIE bit of the INTCON register. • The RCIF interrupt flag must be cleared by reading RCREG to unload any pending characters in the receive buffer. Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to accept data and clocks on the RX/DT and TX/CK pins, respectively. When the data word has been completely clocked in by the external device, the RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set. Thereby, waking the processor from Sleep. 16.4.2 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT DURING SLEEP To transmit during Sleep, all the following conditions must be met before entering Sleep mode: • RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be configured for Synchronous Slave Transmission (refer to Section 16.3.2.2 “Synchronous Slave Transmission Set-up:”). • The TXIF interrupt flag must be cleared by writing the output data to the TXREG, thereby filling the TSR and transmit buffer. • If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the PIE1 register and the PEIE bit of the INTCON register. Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to accept clocks on TX/CK pin and transmit data on the RX/DT pin. When the data word in the TSR has been completely clocked out by the external device, the pending byte in the TXREG will transfer to the TSR and the TXIF flag will be set. Thereby, waking the processor from Sleep. At this point, the TXREG is available to accept another character for transmission, which will clear the TXIF flag. Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the GIE global interrupt enable bit is also set then the Interrupt Service Routine at address 0004h will be called. Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the GIE global interrupt enable bit of the INTCON register is also set, then the Interrupt Service Routine at address 0004h will be called. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 165 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 166 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.0 SSP MODULE OVERVIEW The Synchronous Serial Port (SSP) module is a serial interface useful for communicating with other peripherals or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers, display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The SSP module can operate in one of two modes: • Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) • Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™) 17.1 A typical SPI connection between microcontroller devices is shown in Figure 17-1. Addressing of more than one slave device is accomplished via multiple hardware slave select lines. External hardware and additional I/O pins must be used to support multiple slave select addressing. This prevents extra overhead in software for communication. For SPI communication, typically three pins are used: • Serial Data Out (SDO) • Serial Data In (SDI) • Serial Clock (SCK) SPI Mode The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously transmitted and received, simultaneously. The SSP module can be operated in one of two SPI modes: Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave mode of operation: • Slave Select (SS) • Master mode • Slave mode SPI is a full-duplex protocol, with all communication being bidirectional and initiated by a master device. All clocking is provided by the master device and all bits are transmitted, MSb first. Care must be taken to ensure that all devices on the SPI bus are setup to allow all controllers to send and receive data at the same time. FIGURE 17-1: TYPICAL SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION SPI Master SSPM<3:0> = 00xx SPI Slave SSPM<3:0> = 010x SDO SDI Serial Input Buffer (SSPBUF) SDI Shift Register (SSPSR) MSb Serial Input Buffer (SSPBUF) LSb General I/O © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Shift Register (SSPSR) MSb SCK Processor 1 SDO Serial Clock Slave Select (optional) LSb SCK SS Processor 2 DS41341E-page 167 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 17-2: SPI MODE BLOCK DIAGRAM Internal Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF Reg SSPSR Reg SDI bit 0 Shift Clock bit 7 SDO SS Control Enable RA5/SS RA0/SS SSSEL 2 Clock Select Edge Select ÷2 Edge Select Prescaler 4, 16, 64 SCK TRISx TMR2 Output FOSC 4 SSPM<3:0> DS41341E-page 168 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.1.1 MASTER MODE In Master mode, data transfer can be initiated at any time because the master controls the SCK line. Master mode determines when the slave (Figure 17-1, Processor 2) transmits data via control of the SCK line. 17.1.1.1 Master Mode Operation The SSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register (SSPSR) and a buffer register (SSPBUF). The SSPSR register shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb first. The SSPBUF register holds the data that is written out of the master until the received data is ready. Once the eight bits of data have been received, the byte is moved to the SSPBUF register. The Buffer Full Status bit, BF of the SSPSTAT register, and the SSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF of the PIR1 register, are then set. Any write to the SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the Write Collision Detect bit, WCOL of the SSPCON register, will be set. User software must clear the WCOL bit so that it can be determined if the following write(s) to the SSPBUF register completed successfully. When the application software is expecting to receive valid data, the SSPBUF should be read before the next byte of data is written to the SSPBUF. The BF bit of the SSPSTAT register is set when SSPBUF has been loaded with the received data (transmission is complete). When the SSPBUF is read, the BF bit is cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the SPI is only a transmitter. The SSP interrupt may be used to determine when the transmission/reception is complete and the SSPBUF must be read and/or written. If interrupts are not used, then software polling can be done to ensure that a write collision does not occur. Example 17-1 shows the loading of the SSPBUF (SSPSR) for data transmission. Note: 17.1.1.2 The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can only be accessed by addressing the SSPBUF register. Enabling Master I/O To enable the serial port, the SSPEN bit of the SSPCON register, must be set. To reset or reconfigure SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize the SSPCON register and then set the SSPEN bit. If a Master mode of operation is selected in the SSPM bits of the SSPCON register, the SDI, SDO and SCK pins will be assigned as serial port pins. 17.1.1.3 Master Mode Setup In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as soon as the SSPBUF register is loaded with a byte value. If the master is only going to receive, SDO output could be disabled (programmed and used as an input). The SSPSR register will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDI pin at the programmed clock rate. When initializing SPI Master mode operation, several options need to be specified. This is accomplished by programming the appropriate control bits in the SSPCON and SSPSTAT registers. These control bits allow the following to be specified: • • • • • SCK as clock output Idle state of SCK (CKP bit) Data input sample phase (SMP bit) Output data on rising/falling edge of SCK (CKE bit) Clock bit rate In Master mode, the SPI clock rate (bit rate) is user selectable to be one of the following: • • • • FOSC/4 (or TCY) FOSC/16 (or 4 • TCY) FOSC/64 (or 16 • TCY) (Timer2 output)/2 This allows a maximum data rate of 5 Mbps (at FOSC = 20 MHz). Figure 17-3 shows the waveforms for Master mode. The clock polarity is selected by appropriately programming the CKP bit of the SSPCON register. When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before there is a clock edge on SCK. The sample time of the input data is shown based on the state of the SMP bit and can occur at the middle or end of the data output time. The time when the SSPBUF is loaded with the received data is shown. 17.1.1.4 Sleep in Master Mode In Master mode, all module clocks are halted and the transmission/reception will remain in their current state, paused, until the device wakes from Sleep. After the device wakes up from Sleep, the module will continue to transmit/receive data. For these pins to function as serial port pins, they must have their corresponding data direction bits set or cleared in the associated TRIS register as follows: • SDI configured as input • SDO configured as output • SCK configured as output © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 169 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 17-3: SPI MASTER MODE WAVEFORM Write to SSPBUF SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) 4 Clock Modes SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 1) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 1) SDO (CKE = 0) bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDO (CKE = 1) bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDI (SMP = 0) bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 0) SDI (SMP = 1) bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 1) SSPIF SSPSR to SSPBUF EXAMPLE 17-1: LOOP BANKSEL BTFSS GOTO BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF DS41341E-page 170 LOADING THE SSPBUF (SSPSR) REGISTER SSPSTAT SSPSTAT, BF LOOP SSPBUF SSPBUF, W RXDATA TXDATA, W SSPBUF ; ;Has data been received(transmit complete)? ;No ; ;WREG reg = contents of SSPBUF ;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful ;W reg = contents of TXDATA ;New data to xmit © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.1.2 SLAVE MODE For any SPI device acting as a slave, the data is transmitted and received as external clock pulses appear on SCK pin. This external clock must meet the minimum high and low times as specified in the electrical specifications. 17.1.2.1 Slave Mode Operation The SSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register (SSPSR) and a buffer register (SSPBUF). The SSPSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb first. The SSPBUF holds the data that was written to the SSPSR until the received data is ready. The slave has no control as to when data will be clocked in or out of the device. All data that is to be transmitted, to a master or another slave, must be loaded into the SSPBUF register before the first clock pulse is received. Once eight bits of data have been received: • Received byte is moved to the SSPBUF register • BF bit of the SSPSTAT register is set • SSPIF bit of the PIR1 register is set Any write to the SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the Write Collision Detect bit, WCOL of the SSPCON register, will be set. User software must clear the WCOL bit so that it can be determined if the following write(s) to the SSPBUF register completed successfully. The user’s firmware must read SSPBUF, clearing the BF flag, or the SSPOV bit of the SSPCON register will be set with the reception of the next byte and communication will be disabled. A SPI module transmits and receives at the same time, occasionally causing dummy data to be transmitted/received. It is up to the user to determine which data is to be used and what can be discarded. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 17.1.2.2 Enabling Slave I/O To enable the serial port, the SSPEN bit of the SSPCON register must be set. If a Slave mode of operation is selected in the SSPM bits of the SSPCON register, the SDI, SDO, SCK pins will be assigned as serial port pins. For these pins to function as serial port pins, they must have their corresponding data direction bits set or cleared in the associated TRIS register as follows: • SDI configured as input • SDO configured as output • SCK configured as input Optionally, a fourth pin, Slave Select (SS) may be used in Slave mode. Slave Select may be configured to operate on one of the following pins via the SSSEL bit in the APFCON register. • RA5/AN4/SS • RA0/AN0/SS Upon selection of a Slave Select pin, the appropriate bits must be set in the ANSELA and TRISA registers. Slave Select must be set as an input by setting the corresponding bit in TRISA, and digital I/O must be enabled on the SS pin by clearing the corresponding bit of the ANSELA register. 17.1.2.3 Slave Mode Setup When initializing the SSP module to SPI Slave mode, compatibility must be ensured with the master device. This is done by programming the appropriate control bits of the SSPCON and SSPSTAT registers. These control bits allow the following to be specified: • • • • SCK as clock input Idle state of SCK (CKP bit) Data input sample phase (SMP bit) Output data on rising/falling edge of SCK (CKE bit) Figure 17-4 and Figure 17-5 show example waveforms of Slave mode operation. DS41341E-page 171 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 17-4: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0) SS Optional SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) Write to SSPBUF SDO bit 7 SDI (SMP = 0) bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 0) SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF FIGURE 17-5: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1) SS Not Optional SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 1) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 1) Write to SSPBUF SDO SDI (SMP = 0) bit 6 bit 7 bit 7 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 bit 0 Input Sample (SMP = 0) SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF DS41341E-page 172 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.1.2.4 Slave Select Operation The SS pin allows Synchronous Slave mode operation. The SPI must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPM<3:0> = 0100). The associated TRIS bit for the SS pin must be set, making SS an input. Note: In Slave Select mode, when: • SS = 0, The device operates as specified in Section 17.1.2 “Slave Mode”. • SS = 1, The SPI module is held in Reset and the SDO pin will be tri-stated. Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPM<3:0> = 0100), the SPI module will reset if the SS pin is driven high. 2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE set, the SS pin control must be enabled. FIGURE 17-6: When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is cleared to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit. Figure 17-6 shows the timing waveform for such a synchronization event. 17.1.2.5 SSPSR must be reinitialized by writing to the SSPBUF register before the data can be clocked out of the slave again. Sleep in Slave Mode While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive data. The SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register operates asynchronously to the device on the externally supplied clock source. This allows the device to be placed in Sleep mode and data to be shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register. When all 8 bits have been received, the SSP Interrupt Flag bit will be set and if enabled, will wake the device from Sleep. SLAVE SELECT SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM SS SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) Write to SSPBUF SDO SDI (SMP = 0) SSPSR must be reinitialized by writing to the SSPBUF register before the data can be clocked out of the slave again. bit 7 bit 6 bit 7 bit 0 bit 0 bit 7 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 0) SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 173 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 17-1: SSPCON: SYNC SERIAL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (SPI MODE) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit 1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software) 0 = No collision bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit 1 = A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. The user must read the SSPBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow. In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register. 0 = No overflow bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit 1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO and SDI as serial port pins(1) 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit 1 = Idle state for clock is a high level 0 = Idle state for clock is a low level bit 3-0 SSPM<3:0>: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits 0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4 0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16 0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64 0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2 0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin. SS pin control enabled. 0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin. SS pin control disabled. SS can be used as I/O pin. Note 1: When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output. DS41341E-page 174 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 17-2: SSPSTAT: SYNC SERIAL PORT STATUS REGISTER (SPI MODE) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample Phase bit SPI Master mode: 1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time 0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time SPI Slave mode: SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit SPI mode, CKP = 0: 1 = Data stable on rising edge of SCK 0 = Data stable on falling edge of SCK SPI mode, CKP = 1: 1 = Data stable on falling edge of SCK 0 = Data stable on rising edge of SCK bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit Used in I2C mode only. bit 4 P: Stop bit Used in I2C mode only. bit 3 S: Start bit Used in I2C mode only. bit 2 R/W: Read/Write Information bit Used in I2C mode only. bit 1 UA: Update Address bit Used in I2C mode only. bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full 0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS41341E-page 175 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 17-1: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets --11 1111 ANSELA — — ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --11 1111 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 INTCON GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000x TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF PIE1 PIR1 TMR1GIF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu SSPCON WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPSTAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1111 TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 1111 1111 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the SSP in SPI mode. DS41341E-page 176 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X I2C Mode 17.2 FIGURE 17-8: The SSP module, in I2C mode, implements all slave functions, except general call support. It provides interrupts on Start and Stop bits in hardware to facilitate firmware implementations of the master functions. The SSP module implements the I2C Standard mode specifications: VDD Data is sampled on the rising edge and shifted out on the falling edge of the clock. This ensures that the SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time. The SCL clock input must have minimum high and low times for proper operation. Refer to Section 23.0 “Electrical Specifications”. I2C™ MODE BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 17-7: Internal Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF Reg SCL Shift Clock Slave 1 SDA SDA SCL SCL Slave 2 SDA SCL (optional) The SSP module has six registers for I2C operation. They are: • • • • SSP Control (SSPCON) register SSP Status (SSPSTAT) register Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF) register SSP Shift Register (SSPSR), not directly accessible • SSP Address (SSPADD) register • SSP Address Mask (SSPMSK) register 17.2.1 HARDWARE SETUP Selection of I2C mode, with the SSPEN bit of the SSPCON register set, forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open drain, provided these pins are programmed as inputs by setting the appropriate TRISC bits. The SSP module will override the input state with the output data, when required, such as for Acknowledge and slave-transmitter sequences. Note: SSPSR Reg SDA VDD Master I2C Slave mode (7-bit address) I2C Slave mode (10-bit address) Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled to support firmware Master mode • Address masking • • • Two pins are used for data transfer; the SCL pin (clock line) and the SDA pin (data line). The user must configure the two pin’s data direction bits as inputs in the appropriate TRIS register. Upon enabling I2C mode, the I2C slew rate limiters in the I/O pads are controlled by the SMP bit of SSPSTAT register. The SSP module functions are enabled by setting the SSPEN bit of SSPCON register. TYPICAL I2C™ CONNECTIONS Pull-up resistors must be provided externally to the SCL and SDA pins for proper operation of the I2C module. LSb MSb SSPMSK Reg Match Detect Addr Match SSPADD Reg Start and Stop bit Detect © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 177 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.2 START AND STOP CONDITIONS During times of no data transfer (Idle time), both the clock line (SCL) and the data line (SDA) are pulled high through external pull-up resistors. The Start and Stop conditions determine the start and stop of data transmission. The Start condition is defined as a high-to-low transition of the SDA line while SCL is high. The Stop condition is defined as a low-to-high transition of the SDA line while SCL is high. FIGURE 17-9: Figure 17-9 shows the Start and Stop conditions. A master device generates these conditions for starting and terminating data transfer. Due to the definition of the Start and Stop conditions, when data is being transmitted, the SDA line can only change state when the SCL line is low. START AND STOP CONDITIONS SDA SCL S Start P Change of Change of Data Allowed Data Allowed Condition 17.2.3 Stop Condition ACKNOWLEDGE After the valid reception of an address or data byte, the hardware automatically will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse and load the SSPBUF register with the received value currently in the SSPSR register. There are certain conditions that will cause the SSP module not to generate this ACK pulse. They include any or all of the following: In such a case, the SSPSR register value is not loaded into the SSPBUF, but bit SSPIF of the PIR1 register is set. Table 17-2 shows the results of when a data transfer byte is received, given the status of bits BF and SSPOV. Flag bit BF is cleared by reading the SSPBUF register, while bit SSPOV is cleared through software. • The Buffer Full bit, BF of the SSPSTAT register, was set before the transfer was received. • The SSP Overflow bit, SSPOV of the SSPCON register, was set before the transfer was received. • The SSP Module is being operated in Firmware Master mode. TABLE 17-2: DATA TRANSFER RECEIVED BYTE ACTIONS Status Bits as Data Transfer is Received BF 0 1 1 0 Note 1: SSPOV SSPSR → SSPBUF Generate ACK Pulse Set bit SSPIF (SSP Interrupt occurs if enabled) 0 Yes Yes Yes 0 No No Yes 1 No No Yes 1 No No Yes Shaded cells show the conditions where the user software did not properly clear the overflow condition. DS41341E-page 178 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.4 ADDRESSING Once the SSP module has been enabled, it waits for a Start condition to occur. Following the Start condition, the 8 bits are shifted into the SSPSR register. All incoming bits are sampled with the rising edge of the clock line (SCL). 17.2.4.1 7-bit Addressing In 7-bit Addressing mode (Figure 17-10), the value of register SSPSR<7:1> is compared to the value of register SSPADD<7:1>. The address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth clock (SCL) pulse. If the addresses match, and the BF and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur: • The SSPSR register value is loaded into the SSPBUF register. • The BF bit is set. • An ACK pulse is generated. • SSP interrupt flag bit, SSPIF of the PIR1 register, is set (interrupt is generated if enabled) on the falling edge of the ninth SCL pulse. 17.2.4.2 10-bit Addressing In 10-bit Address mode, two address bytes need to be received by the slave (Figure 17-11). The five Most Significant bits (MSbs) of the first address byte specify if it is a 10-bit address. The R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register must specify a write so the slave device will receive the second address byte. For a 10-bit address, the first byte would equal ‘1111 0 A9 A8 0’, where A9 and A8 are the two MSbs of the address. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. The sequence of events for 10-bit address is as follows for reception: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Load SSPADD register with high byte of address. Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF, BF and UA of the SSPSTAT register are set). Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF). Clear the SSPIF flag bit. Update the SSPADD register with second (low) byte of address (clears UA bit and releases the SCL line). Receive low byte of address (bits SSPIF, BF and UA are set). Update the SSPADD register with the high byte of address. If match releases SCL line, this will clear bit UA. Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF). Clear flag bit SSPIF. If data is requested by the master, once the slave has been addressed: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Receive repeated Start condition. Receive repeat of high byte address with R/W = 1, indicating a read. BF bit is set and the CKP bit is cleared, stopping SCL and indicating a read request. SSPBUF is written, setting BF, with the data to send to the master device. CKP is set in software, releasing the SCL line. 17.2.4.3 Address Masking The Address Masking register (SSPMSK) is only accessible while the SSPM bits of the SSPCON register are set to ‘1001’. In this register, the user can select which bits of a received address the hardware will compare when determining an address match. Any bit that is set to a zero in the SSPMSK register, the corresponding bit in the received address byte and SSPADD register are ignored when determining an address match. By default, the register is set to all ones, requiring a complete match of a 7-bit address or the lower eight bits of a 10-bit address. DS41341E-page 179 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.5 RECEPTION When the R/W bit of the received address byte is clear, the master will write data to the slave. If an address match occurs, the received address is loaded into the SSPBUF register. An address byte overflow will occur if that loaded address is not read from the SSPBUF before the next complete byte is received. An SSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer byte. The BF, R/W and D/A bits of the SSPSTAT register are used to determine the status of the last received byte. I2C™ WAVEFORMS FOR RECEPTION (7-BIT ADDRESS) FIGURE 17-10: R/W = 0 Receiving Address SCL S 1 2 SSPIF BF 3 4 5 6 Receiving Data ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 SDA 7 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Receiving Data ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Cleared in software 9 P Bus Master sends Stop condition SSPBUF register is read SSPOV Bit SSPOV is set because the SSPBUF register is still full. ACK is not sent. DS41341E-page 180 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. CKP UA SSPOV BF SSPIF 1 SCL S 1 SDA 3 1 4 1 5 0 6 7 8 9 UA is set indicating that the SSPADD needs to be updated SSPBUF is written with contents of SSPSR Cleared in software 2 1 2 4 5 6 7 Cleared in software 3 UA is set indicating that SSPADD needs to be updated Cleared by hardware when SSPADD is updated with low byte of address 8 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 Dummy read of SSPBUF to clear BF flag 1 A7 Receive Second Byte of Address 9 ACK 1 4 5 6 7 Cleared in software 3 8 Cleared by hardware when SSPADD is updated with high byte of address 2 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Receive Data Byte Clock is held low until update of SSPADD has taken place 9 ACK Receive Data Byte 1 2 4 5 6 7 Cleared in software 3 8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 P Bus master sends Stop condition SSPOV is set because SSPBUF is still full. ACK is not sent. 9 ACK FIGURE 17-11: R/W ACK A9 A8 0 Receive First Byte of Address Clock is held low until update of SSPADD has taken place PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X I2C™ SLAVE MODE TIMING (RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS) DS41341E-page 181 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.6 TRANSMISSION When the R/W bit of the received address byte is set and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register is set and the slave will respond to the master by reading out data. After the address match, an ACK pulse is generated by the slave hardware and the SCL pin is held low (clock is automatically stretched) until the slave is ready to respond. See Section 17.2.7 “Clock Stretching”. The data the slave will transmit must be loaded into the SSPBUF register, which sets the BF bit. The SCL line is released by setting the CKP bit of the SSPCON register. Following the 8th falling clock edge, control of the SDA line is released back to the master so that the master can acknowledge or not acknowledge the response. If the master sends a not acknowledge, the slave’s transmission is complete and the slave must monitor for the next Start condition. If the master acknowledges, control of the bus is returned to the slave to transmit another byte of data. Just as with the previous byte, the clock is stretched by the slave, data must be loaded into the SSPBUF and CKP must be set to release the clock line (SCL). An SSP interrupt is generated for each transferred data byte. The SSPIF flag bit of the PIR1 register initiates an SSP interrupt, and must be cleared by software before the next byte is transmitted. The BF bit of the SSPSTAT register is cleared on the falling edge of the 8th received clock pulse. The SSPIF flag bit is set on the falling edge of the ninth clock pulse. FIGURE 17-12: I 2C WAVEFORMS FOR TRANSMISSION (7-BIT ADDRESS) Receiving Address SDA SCL A7 S A6 1 2 Data in sampled R/W A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 3 4 5 6 7 8 ACK Transmitting Data ACK 9 D7 1 SCL held low while CPU responds to SSPIF D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P Cleared in software SSPIF BF Dummy read of SSPBUF to clear BF flag SSPBUF is written in software From SSP Interrupt Service Routine CKP Set bit after writing to SSPBUF (the SSPBUF must be written to before the CKP bit can be set) DS41341E-page 182 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. CKP UA BF SSPIF 1 SCL S 1 2 1 4 1 5 0 6 7 A9 A8 UA is set indicating that the SSPADD needs to be updated SSPBUF is written with contents of SSPSR 3 1 8 9 ACK R/W = 0 1 3 4 5 Cleared in software 2 7 UA is set indicating that SSPADD needs to be updated Cleared by hardware when SSPADD is updated with low byte of address. 6 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 8 A0 Receive Second Byte of Address Dummy read of SSPBUF to clear BF flag A7 9 ACK Clock is held low until update of SSPADD has taken place 2 3 1 4 1 Cleared in software 1 1 5 0 6 7 A9 A8 Cleared by hardware when SSPADD is updated with high byte of address. Dummy read of SSPBUF to clear BF flag Sr 1 Receive First Byte of Address Bus Master sends Restarts condition 8 9 ACK R/W = 1 4 5 6 Cleared in software 3 Write of SSPBUF 2 9 P Completion of data transmission clears BF flag 8 ACK CKP is automatically cleared in hardware holding SCL low CKP is set in software, initiates transmission 7 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Dummy read of SSPBUF to clear BF flag 1 D7 D6 D5 Transmitting Data Byte Clock is held low until CKP is set to ‘1’ Bus Master sends Stop condition FIGURE 17-13: SDA Receive First Byte of Address Clock is held low until update of SSPADD has taken place PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X I2C SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION 10-BIT ADDRESS) DS41341E-page 183 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.7 CLOCK STRETCHING 2 During any SCL low phase, any device on the I C bus may hold the SCL line low and delay, or pause, the transmission of data. This “stretching” of a transmission allows devices to slow down communication on the bus. The SCL line must be constantly sampled by the master to ensure that all devices on the bus have released SCL for more data. Stretching usually occurs after an ACK bit of a transmission, delaying the first bit of the next byte. The SSP module hardware automatically stretches for two conditions: • After a 10-bit address byte is received (update SSPADD register) • Anytime the CKP bit of the SSPCON register is cleared by hardware The module will hold SCL low until the CKP bit is set. This allows the user slave software to update SSPBUF with data that may not be readily available. In 10-bit addressing modes, the SSPADD register must be updated after receiving the first and second address bytes. The SSP module will hold the SCL line low until the SSPADD has a byte written to it. The UA bit of the SSPSTAT register will be set, along with SSPIF, indicating an address update is needed. 17.2.8 FIRMWARE MASTER MODE Master mode of operation is supported in firmware using interrupt generation on the detection of the Start and Stop conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits of the SSPSTAT register are cleared from a Reset or when the SSP module is disabled (SSPEN cleared). The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits will toggle based on the Start and Stop conditions. Control of the I2C bus may be taken when the P bit is set or the bus is Idle and both the S and P bits are clear. Refer to Application Note AN554, “Software Implementation of I2C™ Bus Master” (DS00554) for more information. 17.2.9 MULTI-MASTER MODE In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the detection of the Start and Stop conditions allow the determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the SSP module is disabled. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits will toggle based on the Start and Stop conditions. Control of the I2C bus may be taken when the P bit of the SSPSTAT register is set or when the bus is Idle, and both the S and P bits are clear. When the bus is busy, enabling the SSP Interrupt will generate the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs. In Multi-Master operation, the SDA line must be monitored to see if the signal level is the expected output level. This check only needs to be done when a high level is output. If a high level is expected and a low level is present, the device needs to release the SDA and SCL lines (set TRIS bits). There are two stages where this arbitration of the bus can be lost. They are the Address Transfer and Data Transfer stages. When the slave logic is enabled, the slave continues to receive. If arbitration was lost during the address transfer stage, communication to the device may be in progress. If addressed, an ACK pulse will be generated. If arbitration was lost during the data transfer stage, the device will need to re-transfer the data at a later time. Refer to Application Note AN578, “Use of the SSP Module in the I2C™ Multi-Master Environment” (DS00578) for more information. In Firmware Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines are manipulated by setting/clearing the corresponding TRIS bit(s). The output level is always low, irrespective of the value(s) in the corresponding PORT register bit(s). When transmitting a ‘1’, the TRIS bit must be set (input) and a ‘0’, the TRIS bit must be clear (output). The following events will cause the SSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF, to be set (SSP Interrupt will occur if enabled): • Start condition • Stop condition • Data transfer byte transmitted/received Firmware Master Mode of operation can be done with either the Slave mode Idle (SSPM<3:0> = 1011), or with either of the Slave modes in which interrupts are enabled. When both master and slave functionality is enabled, the software needs to differentiate the source(s) of the interrupt. DS41341E-page 184 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 17.2.10 CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION When the CKP bit is cleared, the SCL output is held low once it is sampled low. therefore, the CKP bit will not stretch the SCL line until an external I2C master device has already asserted the SCL line low. The SCL output will remain low until the CKP bit is set and all other devices on the I2C bus have released SCL. This ensures that a write to the CKP bit will not violate the minimum high time requirement for SCL (Figure 17-14). FIGURE 17-14: 17.2.11 SLEEP OPERATION While in Sleep mode, the I2C module can receive addresses of data, and when an address match or complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor from Sleep (if SSP interrupt is enabled). CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 SDA DX DX-1 SCL CKP Master device asserts clock Master device deasserts clock WR SSPCON © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 185 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 17-3: SSPCON: SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (I2C MODE) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit 1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software) 0 = No collision bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit 1 = A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte. SSPOV is a “don’t care” in Transmit mode. SSPOV must be cleared in software in either mode. 0 = No overflow bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit 1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as serial port pins(2) 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit 1 = Release control of SCL 0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch). (Used to ensure data setup time.) bit 3-0 SSPM<3:0>: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits 0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address 0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address 1000 = Reserved 1001 = Load SSPMSK register at SSPADD SFR Address(1) 1010 = Reserved 1011 = I2C Firmware Controlled Master mode (Slave Idle) 1100 = Reserved 1101 = Reserved 1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled 1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled Note 1: When this mode is selected, any reads or writes to the SSPADD SFR address accesses the SSPMSK register. 2: When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output using the associated TRIS bit. DS41341E-page 186 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 17-4: SSPSTAT: SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL PORT STATUS REGISTER (I2C MODE) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample Phase bit 1 = Slew Rate Control (limiting) disabled. Operating in I2C Standard Mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz). 0 = Slew Rate Control (limiting) enabled. Operating in I2C Fast Mode (400 kHz). bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit This bit must be maintained clear. Used in SPI mode only. bit 5 D/A: DATA/ADDRESS bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data 0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address bit 4 P: Stop bit This bit is cleared when the SSP module is disabled, or when the Start bit is detected last. 1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset) 0 = Stop bit was not detected last bit 3 S: Start bit This bit is cleared when the SSP module is disabled, or when the Stop bit is detected last. 1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset) 0 = Start bit was not detected last bit 2 R/W: READ/WRITE bit Information This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit or ACK bit. 1 = Read 0 = Write bit 1 UA: Update Address bit (10-bit I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register 0 = Address does not need to be updated bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit Receive: 1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full 0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty Transmit: 1 = Transmit in progress, SSPBUF is full 0 = Transmit complete, SSPBUF is empty © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 187 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 17-5: SSPMSK: SSP MASK REGISTER R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 MSK7 MSK6 MSK5 MSK4 MSK3 MSK2 MSK1 MSK0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-1 MSK<7:1>: Mask bits 1 = The received address bit n is compared to SSPADD<n> to detect I2C address match 0 = The received address bit n is not used to detect I2C address match bit 0 MSK<0>: Mask bit for I2C Slave Mode, 10-bit Address I2C Slave Mode, 10-bit Address (SSPM<3:0> = 0111): 1 = The received address bit ‘0’ is compared to SSPADD<0> to detect I2C address match 0 = The received address bit ‘0’ is not used to detect I2C address match All other SSP modes: this bit has no effect. SSPADD: SSP I2C ADDRESS REGISTER REGISTER 17-6: R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADD7 ADD6 ADD5 ADD4 ADD3 ADD2 ADD1 ADD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 ADD<7:0>: Address bits Received address TABLE 17-7: Name INTCON x = Bit is unknown REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH I2C OPERATION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu SSPADD Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 SSPCON SSPMSK(2) WCOL SSPOV SSPEN SSPSTAT SMP(1) CKE(1) D/A TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 Legend: Note 1: 2: CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Mask Register P S TRISC4 TRISC3 R/W UA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 1111 1111 1111 1111 x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by SSP module in I2C mode. Maintain these bits clear in I2C mode. Accessible only when SSPM<3:0> = 1001. DS41341E-page 188 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 18.0 PROGRAM MEMORY READ The Flash program memory is readable during normal operation over the full VDD range of the device. To read data from Program Memory, five Special Function Registers (SFRs) are used: • • • • • PMCON1 PMDATL PMDATH PMADRL PMADRH The value written to the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair determines which program memory location is read. The read operation will be initiated by setting the RD bit of the PMCON1 register. The program memory flash controller takes two instructions to complete the read, causing the second instruction after the setting the RD bit will be ignored. To avoid conflict with program execution, it is recommended that the two instructions following the setting of the RD bit are NOP. When the read completes, the result is placed in the PMDATLH:PMDATL register pair. Refer to Example 18-1 for sample code. Note: Required Sequence EXAMPLE 18-1: Code-protect does not effect the CPU from performing a read operation on the program memory. For more information, refer to Section 8.2 “Code Protection” PROGRAM MEMORY READ BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF BANKSEL BSF NOP NOP PMADRL ; MS_PROG_ADDR, W ; PMADRH ;MS Byte of Program Address to read LS_PROG_ADDR, W ; PMADRL ;LS Byte of Program Address to read PMCON1 ; PMCON1, RD ;Initiate Read BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF PMDATL PMDATL, W LOWPMBYTE PMDATH, W HIGHPMBYTE © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. ;Any instructions here are ignored as program ;memory is read in second cycle after BSF ; ;W = LS Byte of Program Memory Read ; ;W = MS Byte of Program Memory Read ; DS41341E-page 189 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 18-1: PMCON1: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER R-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/S-0 Reserved — —l — — — — RD bit 7 bit 0 Legend: S = Setable bit, cleared in hardware R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7 Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set. bit 6-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 RD: Read Control bit 1 = Initiates an program memory read (The RD is cleared in hardware; the RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in software). 0 = Does not initiate a program memory read REGISTER 18-2: PMDATH: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA HIGH REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — PMD13 PMD12 PMD11 PMD10 PMD9 PMD8 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 PMD<13:8>: The value of the program memory word pointed to by PMADRH and PMADRL after a program memory read command. REGISTER 18-3: PMDATL: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA LOW REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x PMD7 PMD6 PMD5 PMD4 PMD3 PMD2 PMD1 PMD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 x = Bit is unknown PMD<7:0>: The value of the program memory word pointed to by PMADRH and PMADRL after a program memory read command. DS41341E-page 190 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X REGISTER 18-4: PMADRH: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — — PMA12 PMA11 PMA10 PMA9 PMA8 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 PMA<12:8>: Program Memory Read Address bits REGISTER 18-5: x = Bit is unknown PMADRL: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS LOW REGISTER R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x PMA7 PMA6 PMA5 PMA4 PMA3 PMA2 PMA1 PMA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 PMA<7:0>: Program Memory Read Address bits TABLE 18-1: Name PMCON1 PMADRH PMADRL PMDATH PMDATL Legend: x = Bit is unknown SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM MEMORY READ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Reserved — — — — — — RD 1--- ---0 1--- ---0 — — — ---x xxxx ---x xxxx Program Memory Read Address Register High Byte Program Memory Read Address Register Low Byte — — Program Memory Read Data Register High Byte Program Memory Read Data Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx --xx xxxx --xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Program Memory Read. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 191 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 192 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 19.0 POWER-DOWN MODE (SLEEP) The following peripheral interrupts can wake the device from Sleep: The Power-down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. 1. If the Watchdog Timer is enabled: 2. • • • • • • 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. WDT will be cleared but keeps running. PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared. TO bit of the STATUS register is set. Oscillator driver is turned off. Timer1 oscillator is unaffected I/O ports maintain the status they had before SLEEP was executed (driving high, low or highimpedance). For lowest current consumption in this mode, all I/O pins should be either at VDD or VSS, with no external circuitry drawing current from the I/O pin. I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be pulled high or low externally to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for lowest current consumption. The contribution from on-chip pull-ups on PORTB should be considered. The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level when external MCLR is enabled. Note: A Reset generated by a WDT time-out does not drive MCLR pin low. TMR1 Interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as an asynchronous counter. USART Receive Interrupt (Synchronous Slave mode only) A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is RC) Interrupt-on-change External Interrupt from INT pin Capture event on CCP1 or CCP2 SSP Interrupt in SPI or I2C Slave mode Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts since during Sleep, no on-chip clocks are present. When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction, then branches to the interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction. Note: 19.1 Wake-up from Sleep The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the following events: 1. 2. 3. External Reset input on MCLR pin. Watchdog Timer wake-up (if WDT was enabled). Interrupt from RB0/INT pin, PORTB change or a peripheral interrupt. If the global interrupts are disabled (GIE is cleared), but any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and the corresponding interrupt flag bits set, the device will immediately wake-up from Sleep. The SLEEP instruction is completely executed. The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up. The first event will cause a device Reset. The two latter events are considered a continuation of program execution. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register can be used to determine the cause of device Reset. The PD bit, which is set on power-up, is cleared when Sleep is invoked. TO bit is cleared if WDT wake-up occurred. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 193 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 19.2 Wake-up Using Interrupts When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: • If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will complete as a NOP. Therefore, the WDT and WDT prescaler and postscaler (if enabled) will not be cleared, the TO bit will not be set and the PD bit will not be cleared. • If the interrupt occurs during or after the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the device will immediately wake-up from Sleep. The SLEEP instruction will be completely executed before the wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT prescaler and postscaler (if enabled) will be cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will be cleared. FIGURE 19-1: Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was executed as a NOP. To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruction should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1(1) TOST(2) CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF flag (INTCON reg.) Interrupt Latency (3) GIE bit (INTCON reg.) Processor in Sleep Instruction Flow PC Instruction Fetched Instruction Executed Note 1: 2: 3: 4: PC PC + 1 Inst(PC) = Sleep Inst(PC - 1) PC + 2 PC + 2 PC + 2 Inst(PC + 1) Inst(PC + 2) Sleep Inst(PC + 1) Dummy Cycle 0004h 0005h Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Dummy Cycle Inst(0004h) XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assumed. TOST = 1024 TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay does not apply to EC and RC Oscillator modes. GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor jumps to 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line. CLKOUT is not available in XT, HS, LP or EC Oscillator modes, but shown here for timing reference. TABLE 19-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR, BOR Value on all other Resets IOCB IOCB7 IOCB6 IOCB5 IOCB4 IOCB3 IOCB2 IOCB1 IOCB0 0000 0000 0000 0000 GIE PEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIE2 — — — — — — — CCP2IE ---- ---0 ---- ---0 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 PIR2 — — — — — — — CCP2IF ---- ---0 ---- ---0 INTCON Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in Power-Down mode. DS41341E-page 194 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 20.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™) The device is placed into Program/Verify mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP from 0v to VPP. In Program/Verify mode the Program Memory, User IDs and the Configuration Words are programmed through serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a bidirectional I/O used for transferring the serial data and the ISCPCLK pin is the clock input. For more information on ICSP™ refer to the “PIC16F72x/PIC16LF72x Programming Specification” (DS41332). ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming can be done after the assembly process allowing the device to be programmed with the most recent firmware or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™ programming: • ICSPCLK • ICSPDAT • MCLR/VPP • VDD • VSS FIGURE 20-1: Note: The ICD 2 produces a VPP voltage greater than the maximum VPP specification of the PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X. When using this programmer, an external circuit, such as the AC164112 MPLAB ICD 2 VPP voltage limiter, is required to keep the VPP voltage within the device specifications. TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING External Programming Signals Device to be Programmed VDD VDD VDD 10k VPP MCLR/VPP GND VSS Data ICSPDAT Clock ICSPCLK * * * To Normal Connections * Isolation devices (as required). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 195 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 196 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 21.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY The PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X instruction set is highly orthogonal and is comprised of three basic categories: • Byte-oriented operations • Bit-oriented operations • Literal and control operations Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands, which further specify the operation of the instruction. The formats for each of the categories is presented in Figure 21-1, while the various opcode fields are summarized in Table 21-1. TABLE 21-1: Field The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is one, the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, ‘b’ represents a bit field designator, which selects the bit affected by the operation, while ‘f’ represents the address of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, ‘k’ represents an 8-bit or 11-bit constant, or literal value. One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods; for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a nominal instruction execution time of 1 μs. All instructions are executed within a single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true, or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction. When this occurs, the execution takes two instruction cycles, with the second cycle executed as a NOP. All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a hexadecimal digit. Description Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) f W Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don’t care location (= 0 or 1). The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. d Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1. Table 21-2 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASMTM assembler. For byte-oriented instructions, ‘f’ represents a file register designator and ‘d’ represents a destination designator. The file register designator specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS PC Program Counter TO Time-out bit Carry bit C DC Digit carry bit Zero bit Z PD Power-down bit FIGURE 21-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 OPCODE d f (FILE #) 0 d = 0 for destination W d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) 0 b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address Literal and control operations General 21.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations 13 8 7 OPCODE Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W) operation. The register is read, the data is modified, and the result is stored according to either the instruction, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation is performed on a register even if the instruction writes to that register. For example, a CLRF PORTB instruction will read PORTB, clear all the data bits, then write the result back to PORTB. This example would have the unintended consequence of clearing the condition that set the RBIF flag. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 0 k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value CALL and GOTO instructions only 13 11 OPCODE 10 0 k (literal) k = 11-bit immediate value DS41341E-page 197 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 21-2: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X INSTRUCTION SET Mnemonic, Operands 14-Bit Opcode Description Cycles MSb LSb Status Affected Notes BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f – f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f – f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 dfff dfff lfff 0xxx dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0xx0 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff xxxx ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 00bb 01bb 10bb 11bb bfff bfff bfff bfff ffff ffff ffff ffff 111x 1001 0kkk 0000 1kkk 1000 00xx 0000 01xx 0000 0000 110x 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 0011 kkkk kkkk 0111 0101 0001 0001 1001 0011 1011 1010 1111 0100 1000 0000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1110 0110 C, DC, Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z C C C, DC, Z Z 1, 2 1, 2 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 01 01 1, 2 1, 2 3 3 LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW RETFIE RETLW RETURN SLEEP SUBLW XORLW Note 1: 2: 3: k k k – k k k – k – – k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Call Subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Go to address Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to W Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine Go into Standby mode Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11 10 00 10 11 11 00 11 00 00 11 11 C, DC, Z Z TO, PD Z TO, PD C, DC, Z Z When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTA, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’. If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned to the Timer0 module. If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP. DS41341E-page 198 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 21.2 Instruction Descriptions ADDLW Add literal and W Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) + k → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: The contents of the W register are added to the eight-bit literal ‘k’ and the result is placed in the W register. k BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [ label ] BCF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: 0 → (f<b>) Status Affected: None Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared. BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b ADDWF Add W and f Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination) Operation: 1 → (f<b>) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: None Description: Add the contents of the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set. ANDLW AND literal with W BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W) 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b≤7 Status Affected: Z Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Description: The contents of W register are AND’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. Status Affected: None Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next instruction is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction. ANDWF f,d k AND W with f Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination) f,d Status Affected: Z Description: AND the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. f,b DS41341E-page 199 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0≤b<7 Operands: None Operation: 00h → WDT 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO 1 → PD Status Affected: TO, PD Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watchdog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set. Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 Status Affected: None Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next instruction is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction. CALL Call Subroutine COMF Complement f Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Syntax: [ label ] COMF Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operands: Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS, k → PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11> 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] f,d Operation: (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. DECF Decrement f Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d Status Affected: None Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack. The eleven-bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two-cycle instruction. CLRF Clear f Syntax: [ label ] CLRF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operands: Operation: 00h → (f) 1→Z 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared and the Z bit is set. Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. CLRW Clear W Syntax: [ label ] CLRW f Operands: None Operation: 00h → (W) 1→Z Status Affected: Z Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. DS41341E-page 200 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination); skip if result = 0 Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. GOTO Unconditional Branch IORLW Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k → PC<10:0> PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11> Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven-bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a two-cycle instruction. The contents of the W register are OR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. INCF Increment f IORWF Inclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination) Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. Description: Inclusive OR the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. GOTO k INCF f,d © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. INCFSZ f,d Inclusive OR literal with W IORLW k IORWF f,d DS41341E-page 201 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X MOVF Move f Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] MOVF f,d MOVWF Move W to f Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operation: (W) → (f) f Operation: (f) → (dest) Status Affected: None Status Affected: Z Description: Description: The contents of register f is moved to a destination dependent upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register since status flag Z is affected. Move data from W register to register ‘f’. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: MOVF Example: MOVW F OPTION Before Instruction OPTION = W = After Instruction OPTION = W = FSR, 0 0xFF 0x4F 0x4F 0x4F After Instruction W = value in FSR register Z = 1 MOVLW Move literal to W NOP No Operation Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: None Operation: k → (W) Operation: No operation Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W register. The “don’t cares” will assemble as ‘0’s. Description: No operation. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: MOVLW k Example: MOVLW NOP 0x5A After Instruction W = DS41341E-page 202 NOP 0x5A © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X RETFIE Return from Interrupt RETLW Return with literal in W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: TOS → PC, 1 → GIE Operation: k → (W); TOS → PC Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in the PC. Interrupts are enabled by setting Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle instruction. Description: The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal ‘k’. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two-cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: RETFIE Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: RETFIE After Interrupt PC = GIE = TABLE TOS 1 RETLW k CALL TABLE;W contains table ;offset value • ;W now has table value • • ADDWF PC ;W = offset RETLW k1 ;Begin table RETLW k2 ; • • • RETLW kn ; End of table Before Instruction W = 0x07 After Instruction W = value of k8 RETURN © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Return from Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None RETURN Operation: TOS → PC Status Affected: None Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter. This is a two-cycle instruction. DS41341E-page 203 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X RLF Rotate Left f through Carry SLEEP Enter Sleep mode Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: None Operation: Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. 00h → WDT, 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO, 0 → PD RLF f,d C Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: Status Affected: TO, PD Description: The power-down Status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is set. Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into Sleep mode with the oscillator stopped. Register f RLF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 C = = 1110 0110 0 = = = 1110 0110 1100 1100 1 After Instruction REG1 W C RRF Rotate Right f through Carry SUBLW Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k - (W) → (W) Operation: See description below Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: C Description: Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. RRF f,d C DS41341E-page 204 Register f Subtract W from literal The W register is subtracted (2’s complement method) from the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. C=0 W>k C=1 W≤k DC = 0 W<3:0> > k<3:0> DC = 1 W<3:0> ≤ k<3:0> © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X SUBWF Subtract W from f XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 (f) - (W) → (destination) Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W) Operation: Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: SWAPF Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. Subtract (2’s complement method) W register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f. C=0 W>f C=1 W≤f DC = 0 W<3:0> > f<3:0> DC = 1 W<3:0> ≤ f<3:0> Swap Nibbles in f XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d Syntax: [ label ] XORWF Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>) Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in register ‘f’. Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. f,d DS41341E-page 205 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 206 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 1.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers - MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device Families - HI-TECH C for Various Device Families - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian - MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for Various Device Families • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debuggers - MPLAB ICD 3 - PICkit™ 3 Debug Express • Device Programmers - PICkit™ 2 Programmer - MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits 1.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows® operating system-based application that contains: • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools - Simulator - Programmer (sold separately) - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately) - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor with color-coded context • A multiple project manager • Customizable data windows with direct edit of contents • High-level source code debugging • Mouse over variable inspection • Drag and drop variables from source to watch windows • Extensive on-line help • Integration of select third party tools, such as IAR C Compilers The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either C or assembly) • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - Source files (C or assembly) - Mixed C and assembly - Machine code MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 207 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 1.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various Device Families The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. 1.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device Families The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, preprocessor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. 1.4 MPASM Assembler The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines and generated machine code and COFF files for debugging. The MPASM Assembler features include: 1.5 MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. When a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The object linker/library features include: • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 1.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and Librarian for Various Device Families MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24, PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. Notable features of the assembler include: • • • • • • Support for the entire device instruction set Support for fixed-point and floating-point data Command line interface Rich directive set Flexible macro language MPLAB IDE compatibility • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process DS41341E-page 208 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 1.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers. The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 1.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), included with each kit. The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with incircuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new highspeed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. 1.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Microchip's most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Signal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU) devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcontrollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easyto-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is connected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers. 1.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/ Programmer and PICkit 3 Debug Express The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB interface and can be connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Programming™. The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. DS41341E-page 209 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 1.11 PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger and PICkit 2 Debug Express The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured Windows® programming interface supports baseline (PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange (PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is embedded in the application. When halted at a breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and modified. The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. 1.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, CE compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modular, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable. The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file storage and data applications. DS41341E-page 210 1.13 Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits A wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs allows quick application development on fully functional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232 interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional EEPROM memory. The demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demonstration/development board series of circuits, Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate sensing, plus many more. Also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. This usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Absolute Maximum Ratings(†) Ambient temperature under bias....................................................................................................... -40°C to +125°C Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16F72X ............................................................................... -0.3V to +6.5V Voltage on VCAP pin with respect to VSS, PIC16F72X ....................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16LF72X ............................................................................. -0.3V to +4.0V Voltage on MCLR with respect to Vss ................................................................................................. -0.3V to +9.0V Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ........................................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Total power dissipation(1) ............................................................................................................................... 800 mW Maximum current out of VSS pin ...................................................................................................................... 95 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ......................................................................................................................... 70 mA Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD)................................................................................................................± 20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin.................................................................................................... 25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin .............................................................................................. 25 mA Maximum current sunk by all ports(2), -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial ........................................................ 200 mA Maximum current sunk by all ports(2), -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended........................................................ 90 mA Maximum current sourced by all ports(2), 40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial ................................................... 140 mA Maximum current sourced by all ports(2), -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended................................................... 65 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD – ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL). † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 211 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended PIC16F72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param. No. D001 Sym. VDD Characteristic VDR Units PIC16LF72X 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.5 — — — — 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 V V V V FOSC ≤ 16 MHz: HFINTOSC, EC FOSC ≤ 4 MHz FOSC ≤ 20 MHz, EC FOSC ≤ 20 MHz, HS PIC16F72X 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.5 — — — — 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 V V V V FOSC ≤ 16 MHz: HFINTOSC, EC FOSC ≤ 4 MHz FOSC ≤ 20 MHz, EC FOSC ≤ 20 MHz, HS PIC16LF72X 1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode PIC16F72X 1.7 — — V Device in Sleep mode — 1.6 — V PIC16LF72X — 0.8 — V Device in Sleep mode PIC16F72X — 1.7 — V Device in Sleep mode -5.5 -5.5 -5.5 — — — 5.5 5.5 5.5 % % % VFVR = 1.024V, VDD ≥ 2.5V VFVR = 2.048V, VDD ≥ 2.5V VFVR = 4.096V, VDD ≥ 4.75V; -40 ≤ TA ≤ 85°C -6 -6 -6 — — — 6 6 6 % % % VFVR = 1.024V, VDD ≥ 2.5V VFVR = 2.048V, VDD ≥ 2.5V VFVR = 4.096V, VDD ≥ 4.75V; -40 ≤ TA ≤ 125°C 0.05 — — V/ms VPOR* Power-on Reset Release Voltage VPORR* Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage VFVR D004* Max. SVDD Conditions RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) D002* D003 Typ† Supply Voltage D001 D002* Min. Fixed Voltage Reference Voltage, Initial Accuracy VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal See Section 3.2 “Power-on Reset (POR)” for details. * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data. DS41341E-page 212 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-1: POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD VDD VPOR VPORR VSS NPOR POR REARM VSS TVLOW(2) Note 1: 2: 3: TPOR(3) When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset. TPOR 1 μs typical. TVLOW 2.7 μs typical. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 213 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended PIC16F72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Conditions Min. Typ† Max. Units VDD Note Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) LDO Regulator D009 D010 D010 D011 D011 D011 D011 D012 D012 — 350 — μA — HS, EC OR INTOSC/INTOSCIO (8-16 MHZ) Clock modes with all VCAP pins disabled — 50 — μA — All VCAP pins disabled — 30 — μA — VCAP enabled on RA0, RA5 or RA6 — 5 — μA — LP Clock mode and Sleep (requires FVR and BOR to be disabled) — 7.0 12 μA 1.8 — 9.0 14 μA 3.0 FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode (Note 4), -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C — 11 20 μA 1.8 — 14 22 μA 3.0 — 15 24 μA 5.0 — 7.0 12 μA 1.8 — 9.0 18 μA 3.0 — 11 21 μA 1.8 — 14 25 μA 3.0 — 15 27 μA 5.0 — 110 150 μA 1.8 — 150 215 μA 3.0 — 120 175 μA 1.8 — 180 250 μA 3.0 — 240 300 μA 5.0 — 230 300 μA 1.8 — 400 600 μA 3.0 — 250 350 μA 1.8 — 420 650 μA 3.0 — 500 750 μA 5.0 D013 — 125 180 μA 1.8 — 230 270 μA 3.0 D013 — 150 205 μA 1.8 — 225 320 μA 3.0 — 250 410 μA 5.0 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode (Note 4), -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode (Note 4) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C FOSC = 1 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 1 MHz XT Oscillator mode (Note 5) FOSC = 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode (Note 5) FOSC = 1 MHz EC Oscillator mode FOSC = 1 MHz EC Oscillator mode (Note 5) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kΩ. FVR and BOR are disabled. 0.1 μF capacitor on VCAP (RA0). DS41341E-page 214 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Industrial, Extended) (Continued) PIC16LF72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended PIC16F72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Conditions Min. Typ† Max. Units VDD Note Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) D014 D014 D015 D015 D016 D016 — 290 330 μA 1.8 — 460 500 μA 3.0 — 300 430 μA 1.8 — 450 655 μA 3.0 — 500 730 μA 5.0 — 100 130 μA 1.8 — 120 150 μA 3.0 — 115 195 μA 1.8 — 135 200 μA 3.0 — 150 220 μA 5.0 — 650 800 μA 1.8 — 1000 1200 μA 3.0 — 625 850 μA 1.8 — 1000 1200 μA 3.0 — 1100 1500 μA 5.0 D017 — 1.0 1.2 mA 1.8 — 1.5 1.85 mA 3.0 D017 — 1 1.2 mA 1.8 — 1.5 1.7 mA 3.0 — 1.7 2.1 mA 5.0 — 210 240 μA 1.8 — 340 380 μA 3.0 — 225 320 μA 1.8 — 360 445 μA 3.0 D018 D018 D019 D019 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: — 410 650 μA 5.0 — 1.6 1.9 mA 3.0 — 2.0 2.8 mA 3.6 — 1.6 2 mA 3.0 — 1.9 3.2 mA 5.0 FOSC = 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode (Note 5) FOSC = 500 kHz MFINTOSC mode FOSC = 500 kHz MFINTOSC mode (Note 5) FOSC = 8 MHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 8 MHz HFINTOSC mode (Note 5) FOSC = 16 MHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 16 MHz HFINTOSC mode (Note 5) FOSC = 4 MHz EXTRC mode (Note 3, Note 5) FOSC = 4 MHz EXTRC mode (Note 3, Note 5) FOSC = 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode FOSC = 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode (Note 5) The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kΩ. FVR and BOR are disabled. 0.1 μF capacitor on VCAP (RA0). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 215 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.3 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Power-Down) PIC16LF72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended PIC16F72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Power-down Base Current Min. Typ† Conditions Max. +85°C Max. +125°C Units 0.7 3.9 μA VDD D020 — 0.02 — 0.08 1.0 4.3 μA 3.0 D020 — 4.3 10.2 17 μA 1.8 — 5 10.5 18 μA 3.0 — 5.5 11.8 21 μA 5.0 — 0.5 1.7 4.1 μA 1.8 — 0.8 2.5 4.8 μA 3.0 — 6 13.5 16.4 μA 1.8 — 6.5 14.5 16.8 μA 3.0 D021 D021 D021A D021A 1.8 — 7.5 16 18.7 μA 5.0 — 8.5 14 19 μA 1.8 — 8.5 14 20 μA 3.0 — 23 44 48 μA 1.8 — 25 45 55 μA 3.0 — 26 60 70 μA 5.0 D022 — — — — μA 1.8 — 7.5 12 22 μA 3.0 D022 — — — — μA 1.8 — 23 42 49 μA 3.0 — 25 46 50 μA 5.0 — 0.6 2 — μA 1.8 — 1.8 3.0 — μA 3.0 — 4.5 11.1 — μA 1.8 — 6 12.5 — μA 3.0 — 7 13.5 — μA 5.0 D026 D026 † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Note (IPD)(2) WDT, BOR, FVR, and T1OSC disabled, all Peripherals Inactive WDT, BOR, FVR, and T1OSC disabled, all Peripherals Inactive LPWDT Current (Note 1) LPWDT Current (Note 1) FVR current (Note 1. Note 3) FVR current (Note 1, Note 3, Note 5) BOR Current (Note 1, Note 3) BOR Current (Note 1, Note 3, Note 5) T1OSC Current (Note 1) T1OSC Current (Note 1) Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD. Fixed Voltage Reference is automatically enabled whenever the BOR is enabled A/D oscillator source is FRC 0.1 μF capacitor on VCAP (RA0). DS41341E-page 216 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.3 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Power-Down) (Continued) PIC16LF72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended PIC16F72X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Min. Power-down Base Current (IPD) D027 D027 Typ† Max. +85°C Conditions Max. +125°C Units VDD Note A/D Current (Note 1, Note 4), no conversion in progress (2) — 0.06 0.7 5.0 μA 1.8 — 0.08 1.0 5.5 μA 3.0 — 6 10.7 18 μA 1.8 — 7 10.6 20 μA 3.0 — 7.2 11.9 22 μA 5.0 D027A — 250 400 — μA 1.8 — 250 400 — μA 3.0 D027A — 280 430 — μA 1.8 — 280 430 — μA 3.0 — 280 430 — μA 5.0 — 2.2 3.2 14.4 μA 1.8 — 3.3 4.4 15.6 μA 3.0 — 6.5 13 21 μA 1.8 — 8 14 23 μA 3.0 D028 D028 D028A D028A D028B D028B † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: — 8 14 25 μA 5.0 — 4.2 6 17 μA 1.8 — 6 7 18 μA 3.0 — 8.5 15.5 23 μA 1.8 — 11 17 24 μA 3.0 — 11 18 27 μA 5.0 — 12 14 25 μA 1.8 — 32 35 44 μA 3.0 — 16 20 31 μA 1.8 — 36 41 50 μA 3.0 — 42 49 58 μA 5.0 A/D Current (Note 1, Note 4), no conversion in progress A/D Current (Note 1, Note 4), conversion in progress A/D Current (Note 1, Note 4, Note 5), conversion in progress Cap Sense Low Power Oscillator mode Cap Sense Low Power Oscillator mode Cap Sense Medium Power Oscillator mode Cap Sense Medium Power Oscillator mode Cap Sense High Power Oscillator mode Cap Sense High Power Oscillator mode Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. The peripheral Δ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD. Fixed Voltage Reference is automatically enabled whenever the BOR is enabled A/D oscillator source is FRC 0.1 μF capacitor on VCAP (RA0). © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 217 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.4 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym. VIL Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Min. Typ† Max. Units — — with Schmitt Trigger buffer with I2C™ levels Conditions — 0.8 V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V — 0.15 VDD V 1.8V ≤ VDD ≤ 4.5V — — 0.2 VDD V 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V — — 0.3 VDD V Input Low Voltage I/O PORT: D030 with TTL buffer D030A D031 D032 MCLR, OSC1 (RC mode)(1) — — 0.2 VDD V D033A OSC1 (HS mode) — — 0.3 VDD V — — 2.0 — — V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V 0.25 VDD + 0.8 — — V 1.8V ≤ VDD ≤ 4.5V with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD — — V 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V with I2C™ levels 0.7 VDD — — V VIH Input High Voltage I/O ports: D040 with TTL buffer D040A D041 D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD — — V D043A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD — — V D043B OSC1 (RC mode) 0.9 VDD — — V (Note 1) IIL Input Leakage Current(2) D060 I/O ports — ±5 ± 125 nA ±5 ± 1000 nA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, Pin at highimpedance, 85°C 125°C D061 MCLR(3) — ± 50 ± 200 nA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, 85°C 25 25 100 140 200 300 μA VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS — — 0.6 V IOL = 8mA, VDD = 5V IOL = 6mA, VDD = 3.3V IOL = 1.8mA, VDD = 1.8V VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = 3.5mA, VDD = 5V IOH = 3mA, VDD = 3.3V IOH = 1mA, VDD = 1.8V — — 15 pF — — 50 pF IPUR PORTB Weak Pull-up Current D070* VOL D080 Output Low Voltage(4) I/O ports VOH D090 Output High Voltage(4) I/O ports Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D101* COSC2 OSC2 pin D101A* CIO Legend: * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: All I/O pins In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1 TBD = To Be Determined These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external clock in RC mode. Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode. DS41341E-page 218 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.4 DC Characteristics: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X-I/E (Continued) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym. Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions Cell Endurance 100 1k — E/W Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C VDD for Read VMIN — — V Voltage on MCLR/VPP during Erase/Program 8.0 — 9.0 V Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C VDD for Bulk Erase 2.7 3 — V Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C VPEW VDD for Write or Row Erase 2.7 — — V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage VMAX = Maximum operating voltage IPPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP during Erase/Write — — 5.0 mA Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C IDDPGM Current on VDD during Erase/ Write — 5.0 mA Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C 2.8 ms Temperature during programming: 10°C ≤ TA ≤ 40°C — Year Program Flash Memory D130 EP D131 D132 D133 TPEW Erase/Write cycle time — D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — Provided no other specifications are violated VCAP Capacitor Charging D135 Charging current — 200 — μA D135A Source/sink capability when charging complete — 0.0 — mA Legend: * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: TBD = To Be Determined These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external clock in RC mode. Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 219 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.5 Thermal Considerations Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. TH01 TH02 TH03 TH04 TH05 Sym. Characteristic θJA Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient θJC TJMAX PD Thermal Resistance Junction to Case Maximum Junction Temperature Power Dissipation PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation Typ. Units Conditions 60 °C/W 28-pin SPDIP package 80 °C/W 28-pin SOIC package 90 °C/W 28-pin SSOP package 27.5 °C/W 28-pin UQFN 4x4mm package 27.5 °C/W 28-pin QFN 6x6mm package 47.2 °C/W 40-pin PDIP package 46 °C/W 44-pin TQFP package 24.4 °C/W 44-pin QFN 8x8mm package 31.4 °C/W 28-pin SPDIP package 24 °C/W 28-pin SOIC package 24 °C/W 28-pin SSOP package 24 °C/W 28-pin UQFN 4x4mm package 28-pin QFN 6x6mm package 24 °C/W 24.7 °C/W 40-pin PDIP package 14.5 °C/W 44-pin TQFP package 20 °C/W 44-pin QFN 8x8mm package 150 °C — W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O — W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD(1) TH06 PI/O I/O Power Dissipation — W PI/O = Σ (IOL * VOL) + Σ (IOH * (VDD - VOH)) TH07 PDER Derated Power — W PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/θJA(2) Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins. 2: TA = Ambient Temperature 3: TJ = Junction Temperature DS41341E-page 220 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.6 Timing Parameter Symbology The timing parameter symbols have been created with one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings: pp cc CCP1 ck CLKOUT cs CS di SDI do SDO dt Data in io I/O PORT mc MCLR Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall H High I Invalid (High-impedance) L Low FIGURE 23-2: T Time osc rd rw sc ss t0 t1 wr OSC1 RD RD or WR SCK SS T0CKI T1CKI WR P R V Z Period Rise Valid High-impedance LOAD CONDITIONS Load Condition Pin CL VSS Legend: CL = 50 pF for all pins, 15 pF for OSC2 output © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 221 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 23.7 AC Characteristics: PIC16F72X-I/E FIGURE 23-3: CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 OSC1/CLKIN OS02 OS04 OS04 OS03 OSC2/CLKOUT (LP,XT,HS Modes) OSC2/CLKOUT (CLKOUT Mode) PIC16F72X VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C FIGURE 23-4: VDD (V) 5.5 3.6 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 0 4 10 16 20 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: Refer to Table 23-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies. DS41341E-page 222 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PIC16LF72X VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C VDD (V) FIGURE 23-5: 3.6 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 0 4 16 10 20 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: Refer to Table 23-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies. HFINTOSC FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER DEVICE VDD AND TEMPERATURE FIGURE 23-6: 125 + 5% Temperature (°C) 85 60 ± 2% 25 0 -20 + 5% -40 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.3(2) 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD (V) Note 1: This chart covers both regulator enabled and regulator disabled states. 2: Regulator Nominal voltage © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 223 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-1: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. OS01 Sym. FOSC Characteristic External CLKIN Frequency(1) Oscillator Frequency(1) OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) Oscillator Period(1) OS03 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) OS04* TosH, TosL External CLKIN High, External CLKIN Low TosR, TosF External CLKIN Rise, External CLKIN Fall OS05* Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions DC — 37 kHz DC — 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode DC — 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode DC — 20 MHz EC Oscillator mode — 32.768 — kHz LP Oscillator mode 0.1 — 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode 1 — 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode DC — 4 MHz RC Oscillator mode 27 — ∞ μs LP Oscillator mode 250 — ∞ ns XT Oscillator mode 50 — ∞ ns HS Oscillator mode 50 — ∞ ns EC Oscillator mode — 30.5 — μs LP Oscillator mode 250 — 10,000 ns XT Oscillator mode LP Oscillator mode 50 — 1,000 ns HS Oscillator mode 250 — — ns RC Oscillator mode 200 TCY DC ns TCY = 4/FOSC 2 — — μs LP oscillator 100 — — ns XT oscillator 20 — — ns HS oscillator 0 — ∞ ns LP oscillator 0 — ∞ ns XT oscillator 0 — ∞ ns HS oscillator * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. DS41341E-page 224 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-2: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. OS08 Sym. Characteristic HFOSC Internal Calibrated HFINTOSC Frequency(2) OS08A MFOSC Internal Calibrated MFINTOSC Frequency(2) OS10* Freq. Tolerance Min. Typ† Max. Units ±2% — 16.0 — MHz 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C, VDD ≥ 2.5V ±5% — 16.0 — MHz -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C ±2% — 500 — kHz 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C VDD ≥ 2.5V -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C ±5% — 500 10 kHz TIOSC ST HFINTOSC Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time — — 5 8 μs MFINTOSC Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time — — 20 30 μs Conditions * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. 2: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 μF and 0.01 μF values in parallel are recommended. 3: By design. FIGURE 23-7: Cycle CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING Write Fetch Read Execute Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 FOSC OS12 OS11 OS20 OS21 CLKOUT OS19 OS16 OS13 OS18 OS17 I/O pin (Input) OS14 OS15 I/O pin (Output) New Value Old Value OS18, OS19 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 225 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-3: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. OS11 Sym. TosH2ckL OS12 Characteristic Typ† Max. Units Conditions — — 70 ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V — — 72 ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V Fosc↑ to CLKOUT↓ (1) TosH2ckH Fosc↑ to CLKOUT↑ (1) (1) OS13 TckL2ioV CLKOUT↓ to Port out valid OS14 TioV2ckH Port input valid before CLKOUT↑(1) OS15 OS16 TosH2ioV TosH2ioI OS17 TioV2osH OS18 TioR Fosc↑ (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid Fosc↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) Port input valid to Fosc↑ (Q2 cycle) (I/O in setup time) Port output rise time(2) OS19 TioF Port output fall time(2) OS20* Tinp OS21* Trbp * † Min. — — 20 ns TOSC + 200 ns — 50 — — ns 50 — 70* — ns ns 20 — — ns — — — — 25 TCY 40 15 28 15 — — 72 32 55 30 — — ns INT pin input high or low time PORTB interrupt-on-change new input level time These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 2.0V VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 2.0V VDD = 3.3-5.0V ns ns Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. 2: Includes OSC2 in CLKOUT mode. FIGURE 23-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING VDD MCLR 30 Internal POR 33 PWRT Time-out 32 OSC Start-Up Time Internal Reset(1) Watchdog Timer Reset(1) 34 31 34 I/O pins Note 1: Asserted low. DS41341E-page 226 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-9: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS VDD VBOR and VHYST VBOR (Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset) 37 Reset (due to BOR) 33(1) Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word register is programmed to ‘0’. 2 ms delay if PWRTE = 0 and VREGEN = 1. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 227 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER, AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions 30 TMCL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 5 — — — — μs μs VDD = 3.3-5V, -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.3-5V 31 TWDTLP Low Power Watchdog Timer Timeout Period (No Prescaler) 10 18 27 ms VDD = 3.3V-5V 32 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer Period(1), — 1024 — Tosc (Note 3) (2) 33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period, PWRTE = 0 40 65 140 ms 34* TIOZ I/O high-impedance from MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer Reset — — 2.0 μs 35 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage 2.38 1.80 2.5 1.9 2.73 2.11 V 36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis 0 25 50 mV -40°C to +85°C 37* TBORDC Brown-out Reset DC Response Time 1 3 5 10 μs VDD ≤ VBOR, -40°C to +85°C VDD ≤ VBOR * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: BORV=2.5V BORV=1.9V These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. By design. Period of the slower clock. To ensure these voltage tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 μF and 0.01 μF values in parallel are recommended. DS41341E-page 228 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS T0CKI 40 41 42 T1CKI 45 46 49 47 TMR0 or TMR1 TABLE 23-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. 40* Sym. TT0H Characteristic T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler With Prescaler TT0L 41* T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler With Prescaler Min. Typ† Max. Units 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns Greater of: 20 or TCY + 40 N — — ns 42* TT0P T0CKI Period 45* TT1H T1CKI High Synchronous, No Prescaler Time Synchronous, with Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 15 — — ns Asynchronous 30 — — ns Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns Asynchronous 30 — — ns Greater of: 30 or TCY + 40 N — — ns TT1L 46* T1CKI Low Time 47* TT1P T1CKI Input Synchronous Period 48 FT1 Timer1 Oscillator Input Frequency Range (oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) 49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer Increment Asynchronous * † 60 — — ns 32.4 32.768 33.1 kHz 2 TOSC — 7 TOSC — Conditions N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) Timers in Sync mode These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 229 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-11: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP) CCPx (Capture mode) CC01 CC02 CC03 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. TABLE 23-6: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param Sym. No. Characteristic CC01* TccL CCPx Input Low Time CC02* TccH CCPx Input High Time CC03* TccP * † Min. Typ† Max. Units 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns With Prescaler 20 — — ns No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns With Prescaler 20 — — ns 3TCY + 40 N — — ns No Prescaler CCPx Input Period Conditions N = prescale value (1, 4 or 16) These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. TABLE 23-7: PIC16F72X A/D CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS: Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param Sym. No. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions AD01 NR Resolution — — 8 AD02 EIL Integral Error — — ±1.7 AD03 EDL Differential Error — — ±1 AD04 EOFF Offset Error — — ±2.2 LSb VREF = 3.0V AD05 EGN LSb VREF = 3.0V AD06 VREF Reference Voltage(3) AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of Analog Voltage Source Gain Error — — ±1.5 1.8 — VDD VSS — VREF — — 50 bit LSb VREF = 3.0V LSb No missing codes VREF = 3.0V V V kΩ Can go higher if external 0.01μF capacitor is present on input pin. † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors. 2: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. 3: When ADC is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. The power-down current specification includes any such leakage from the ADC module. DS41341E-page 230 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-8: PIC16F72X A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param No. Sym. Characteristic AD130* TAD AD131 TCNV AD132* TACQ Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions A/D Clock Period 1.0 — 9.0 μs TOSC-based A/D Internal RC Oscillator Period 1.0 2.0 6.0 μs ADCS<1:0> = 11 (ADRC mode) Conversion Time (not including Acquisition Time)(1) — 10.5 — TAD Set GO/DONE bit to conversion complete Acquisition Time — 1.0 — μs * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: The ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle. FIGURE 23-12: PIC16F72X A/D CONVERSION TIMING (NORMAL MODE) BSF ADCON0, GO AD134 1 TCY (TOSC/2(1)) AD131 Q4 AD130 A/D CLK 7 A/D Data 6 5 4 3 OLD_DATA ADRES 1 0 NEW_DATA 1 TCY ADIF GO Sample 2 DONE AD132 Sampling Stopped Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 231 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-13: PIC16F72X A/D CONVERSION TIMING (SLEEP MODE) BSF ADCON0, GO (TOSC/2 + TCY(1)) AD134 1 TCY AD131 Q4 AD130 A/D CLK 7 A/D Data 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NEW_DATA OLD_DATA ADRES ADIF 1 TCY GO DONE Sampling Stopped AD132 Sample Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. FIGURE 23-14: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING CK US121 US121 DT US122 US120 Note: TABLE 23-9: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param. No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units US120 TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (Master and Slave) Clock high to data-out valid 3.0-5.5V — 80 ns 1.8-5.5V — 100 ns US121 TCKRF Clock out rise time and fall time (Master mode) 3.0-5.5V — 45 ns 1.8-5.5V — 50 ns Data-out rise time and fall time 3.0-5.5V — 45 ns 1.8-5.5V — 50 ns US122 TDTRF DS41341E-page 232 Conditions © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-15: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING CK US125 DT US126 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. TABLE 23-10: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C Param. No. Symbol Characteristic US125 TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (Master and Slave) Data-hold before CK ↓ (DT hold time) US126 TCKL2DTL Data-hold after CK ↓ (DT hold time) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Min. Max. Units 10 — ns 15 — ns Conditions DS41341E-page 233 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-16: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 0, SMP = 0) SS SP70 SCK (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SP78 SP79 SP79 SP78 SCK (CKP = 1) SP80 bit 6 - - - - - -1 MSb SDO LSb SP75, SP76 SDI MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 SP73 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. FIGURE 23-17: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) SS SP81 SCK (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SP79 SP73 SCK (CKP = 1) SP80 SP78 SDO MSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb SP75, SP76 SDI MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. DS41341E-page 234 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 23-18: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0) SS SP70 SCK (CKP = 0) SP83 SP71 SP72 SP78 SP79 SP79 SP78 SCK (CKP = 1) SP80 MSb SDO LSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 SP77 SP75, SP76 SDI MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 SP73 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. FIGURE 23-19: SS SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1) SP82 SP70 SP83 SCK (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SCK (CKP = 1) SP80 MSb SDO bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb SP77 SP75, SP76 SDI MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 235 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-11: SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS Param No. Symbol Characteristic SP70* TSSL2SCH, SS↓ to SCK↓ or SCK↑ input TSSL2SCL Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions TCY — — ns SP71* TSCH SCK input high time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns SP72* TSCL SCK input low time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns SP73* TDIV2SCH, Setup time of SDI data input to SCK edge TDIV2SCL 100 — — ns SP74* TSCH2DIL, TSCL2DIL Hold time of SDI data input to SCK edge 100 — — ns SP75* TDOR SDO data output rise time — 10 25 ns SP76* TDOF SDO data output fall time 3.0-5.5V 1.8-5.5V — 25 50 ns — 10 25 ns SP77* TSSH2DOZ SS↑ to SDO output high-impedance 10 — 50 ns SP78* TSCR SCK output rise time (Master mode) 3.0-5.5V — 10 25 ns 1.8-5.5V — 25 50 ns SP79* TSCF SCK output fall time (Master mode) — 10 25 ns 3.0-5.5V — — 50 ns 1.8-5.5V — — 145 ns SP81* TDOV2SCH, SDO data output setup to SCK edge TDOV2SCL Tcy — — ns SP82* TSSL2DOV — — 50 ns 1.5TCY + 40 — — ns SP80* TSCH2DOV, SDO data output valid after TSCL2DOV SCK edge SDO data output valid after SS↓ edge SP83* TSCH2SSH, SS ↑ after SCK edge TSCL2SSH * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 23-20: I2C™ BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING SCL SP93 SP91 SP90 SP92 SDA Start Condition Stop Condition Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. DS41341E-page 236 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-12: I2C™ BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS Param No. Symbol Characteristic SP90* TSU:STA SP91* THD:STA SP92* TSU:STO SP93 THD:STO Stop condition Start condition Typ 4700 — Max. Units — Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 — — Start condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — — Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 — — Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — — Setup time Hold time * 100 kHz mode Min. 400 kHz mode 600 — — 100 kHz mode 4000 — — 400 kHz mode 600 — — Conditions ns Only relevant for Repeated Start condition ns After this period, the first clock pulse is generated ns ns These parameters are characterized but not tested. FIGURE 23-21: I2C™ BUS DATA TIMING SP103 SP100 SP102 SP101 SCL SP90 SP106 SP107 SP92 SP91 SDA In SP110 SP109 SP109 SDA Out Note: Refer to Figure 23-2 for load conditions. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 237 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-13: I2C™ BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS Param. No. Symbol SP100* THIGH Characteristic Clock high time Min. Max. Units 100 kHz mode 4.0 — μs Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 0.6 — μs Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz 1.5TCY — 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 1.3 — μs Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz SSP Module SP101* TLOW Clock low time SSP Module SP102* TR SP103* TF SP106* THD:DAT SP107* TSU:DAT SP109* TAA SP110* SP111 * Note 1: 2: TBUF CB 1.5TCY — SDA and SCL rise time 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns 400 kHz mode 0.1CB 300 ns SDA and SCL fall time 100 kHz mode — 250 ns 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB 250 ns 20 + Data input hold time 100 kHz mode 0 — ns 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 μs Data input setup time 100 kHz mode 250 — ns 400 kHz mode 100 — ns Output valid from clock 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns 400 kHz mode — — ns Bus free time Conditions 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs 400 kHz mode 1.3 — μs — 400 pF Bus capacitive loading CB is specified to be from 10-400 pF CB is specified to be from 10-400 pF (Note 2) (Note 1) Time the bus must be free before a new transmission can start These parameters are characterized but not tested. As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region (min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions. A Fast mode (400 kHz) I2C™ bus device can be used in a Standard mode (100 kHz) I2C bus system, but the requirement TSU:DAT ≥ 250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the low period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDA line TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCL line is released. DS41341E-page 238 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X TABLE 23-14: CAP SENSE OSCILLATOR SPECIFICATIONS Param. No. CS01 CS02 CS03 Symbol ISRC ISNK VCHYST Characteristic Current Source Current Sink Cap Hysteresis Min. Typ† Max. Units High — -5.8 -6 μA Medium — -1.1 -3.2 μA Low — -0.2 -0.9 μA High — 6.6 6 μA Medium — 1.3 3.2 μA Low — 0.24 0.9 μA High — 525 — mV Medium — 375 — mV Low — 280 — mV Conditions -40, -85°C -40, -85°C VCTH-VCTL * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 23-22: CAP SENSE OSCILLATOR VCTH VCTL ISRC Enabled © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. ISNK Enabled DS41341E-page 239 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 240 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 24.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND CHARTS FIGURE 24-1: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, EC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 2,200.00 5V Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 2,000.00 1,800.00 3.6V 3V 1,600.00 2.5V IDD (µA) 1,400.00 1,200.00 1,000.00 1.8V 800.00 600.00 400.00 200.00 0.00 1 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz VDD (V) FIGURE 24-2: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, EC MODE 2,400 2,200 2,000 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 3.3V 1,800 3V IDD (µA) 1,600 2.5V 1,400 1,200 2V 1,000 1.8V 800 600 400 200 0 1 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz FOSC © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 241 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-3: PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, EC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 2,000 1,800 5V Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 3V 1,600 1,400 2.5V IDD (µA) 1,200 1,000 1.8V 800 600 400 200 0 1 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz FOSC FIGURE 24-4: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, EC MODE 2,200 2,000 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 1,800 3.3V 3V 1,600 IDD (µA) 1,400 2.5V 1,200 2V 1,000 1.8V 800 600 400 200 0 1 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 12 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz FOSC DS41341E-page 242 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-5: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, EXTRC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 600 500 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz IDD (µA) 400 300 1 MHz 200 100 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 4.2 4.5 5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-6: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, EXTRC MODE 500 450 4 MHz Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 400 350 IDD (µA) 300 250 200 150 1 MHz 100 50 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 243 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-7: PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, EXTRC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 450 400 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz 350 IDD (µA) 300 250 200 150 1 MHz 100 50 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 4.2 4.5 5 VDD (V) PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, EXTRC MODE FIGURE 24-8: 450 400 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz 350 IDD (µA) 300 250 200 150 1 MHz 100 50 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 VDD (V) DS41341E-page 244 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-9: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, HS MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 2.4 2.2 2 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5V 4.5V 3.6V 1.8 3V 1.6 IDD (mA) 1.4 1.2 1 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 13 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz Fosc FIGURE 24-10: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, HS MODE 2.50 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 2.00 3.3V 3V 1.50 IDD (mA) 2.5V 1.00 0.50 0.00 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 13 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz Fosc © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 245 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-11: 2.00 PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, HS MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5V 4.5V 3.6V 3V IDD (mA) 1.50 1.00 0.50 0.00 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 13 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz Fosc FIGURE 24-12: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, HS MODE 2.50 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 2.00 3.6V 3.3V 3V IDD (mA) 1.50 2.5V 1.00 0.50 0.00 4 MHz 6 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 13 MHz 16 MHz 20 MHz Fosc DS41341E-page 246 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-13: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, XT MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 600 500 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz IDD (µA) 400 300 1 MHz 200 100 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 4.2 4.5 5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-14: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, XT MODE 600 500 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz IDD (µA) 400 300 1 MHz 200 100 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 247 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-15: PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, XT MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 600 500 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz IDD (µA) 400 300 1 MHz 200 100 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 4.2 4.5 5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-16: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. VDD OVER FOSC, XT MODE 600 500 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 4 MHz IDD (µA) 400 300 1 MHz 200 100 0 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.3 3.6 VDD (V) DS41341E-page 248 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-17: PIC16F72X IDD vs. VDD, LP MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 20.0 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 17.5 IDD (µA) 32 kHz Maximum 15.0 VDD (V) 32 kHz Typical 12.5 10.0 1.8 3 5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-18: PIC16LF72X IDD vs. VDD, LP MODE 30 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 25 32 kHz Maximum IDD (µA) 20 15 32 kHz Typical 10 5 1.8 3 3.3 3.6 VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 249 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-19: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 210 200 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5V 190 180 3.6V IDD (µA) 170 2.5V 160 150 1.8V 140 130 120 110 62.5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz FOSC FIGURE 24-20: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE 170 160 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V IDD (µA) 150 3V 2.5V 140 130 1.8V 120 110 100 62.5 KHz 125 KHz 250 KHz 500 KHz FOSC DS41341E-page 250 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-21: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 2,000 1,800 5V Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 1,600 2.5V 1,400 IDD (µA) 1,200 1.8V 1,000 800 600 400 200 0 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz FOSC FIGURE 24-22: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE 2,250 2,000 s Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6V 1,750 3V 1,500 IDD (µA) 2.5V 1,250 1.8V 1,000 750 500 250 0 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz FOSC © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 251 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-23: PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 160 150 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5V IDD (µA) 140 3.6V 130 2.5V 120 1.8V 110 100 90 80 62.5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz FOSC FIGURE 24-24: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE 140 130 3.6V Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3V 120 2.5V IDD (µA) 110 100 1.8V 90 80 70 62.5 kHz 125 kHz 250 kHz 500 kHz FOSC DS41341E-page 252 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-25: PIC16F72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE, VCAP = 0.1µF 2,000 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1,800 1,600 5V 3.6V 1,400 2.5V IDD (µA) 1,200 1,000 1.8V 800 600 400 200 0 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz FOSC FIGURE 24-26: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD, INTOSC MODE 2,000 1,800 3.6V Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1,600 3V 1,400 IDD (µA) 2.5V 1,200 1,000 1.8V 800 600 400 200 0 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 16 MHz VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 253 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-27: PIC16F72X MAXIMUM BASE IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 25 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 20 125°C IPD (µA) 15 85°C 10 5 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 4V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-28: PIC16LF72X MAXIMUM BASE IPD vs. VDD 7 6 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 125°C IPD (µA) 5 4 3 2 85°C 1 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 254 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-29: PIC16F72X TYPICAL BASE IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 8 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 7 6 IPD (µA) 25°C 5 4 3 2 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 4V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-30: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL BASE IPD vs. VDD 250 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 200 25°C IPD (nA) 150 100 50 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 255 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-31: PIC16F72X FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 70 60 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 50 Max. 85°C IPD (µA) 40 30 Typ. 25°C 20 10 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) PIC16LF72X FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE IPD vs. VDD FIGURE 24-32: 25 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 20 15 IPD (µA) Max. 85°C 10 Typ. 25°C 5 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 256 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-33: PIC16F72X BOR IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 70 60 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 50 IPD (µA) 40 Max. 85°C 30 Typ. 25°C 20 10 0 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-34: PIC16LF72X BOR IPD vs. VDD 30 25 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C IPD (µA) 20 15 Max. 85°C 10 Typ. 25°C 5 0 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 257 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-35: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE HIGH POWER IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 70 60 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C Max. 85°C 50 Typ. 25°C IPD (µA) 40 30 20 10 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) PIC16LF72X CAP SENSE HIGH POWER IPD vs. VDD FIGURE 24-36: 60 50 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C Max. 85°C 40 IPD (µA) Typ. 25°C 30 20 10 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 258 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-37: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE MEDIUM POWER IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 30 25 Max. 125°C Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 20 IPD (µA) Max. 85°C 15 Typ. 25°C 10 5 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-38: PIC16LF72X CAP SENSE MEDIUM POWER IPD vs. VDD 20 18 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 16 14 IPD (µA) 12 10 8 Max. 85°C 6 Typ. 25°C 4 2 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 259 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-39: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE LOW POWER IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 30 25 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C IPD (µA) 20 Max. 85°C 15 10 Typ. 25°C 5 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-40: PIC16LF72X CAP SENSE LOW POWER IPD vs. VDD 18 16 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 14 12 IPD (µA) 10 8 6 Max. 85°C 4 Typ. 25°C 2 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 260 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-41: PIC16F72X T1OSC 32 KHZ IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 16 14 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 85°C 12 IPD (µA) 10 Typ. 25° C 8 6 4 2 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) PIC16LF72X T1OSC 32 KHZ IPD vs. VDD FIGURE 24-42: 4.0 3.5 Max. 85°C Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.0 2.5 IPD (µA) Typ. 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 261 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-43: PIC16F72X TYPICAL ADC IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 7.5 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typ. 25°C 7.0 IPD (µA) 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-44: PIC16LF72X TYPICAL ADC IPD vs. VDD 250 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typ. 25°C 200 IPD (nA) 150 100 50 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 262 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-45: PIC16F72X ADC IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 25 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C IPD (µA) 20 15 Max. 85°C 10 5 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-46: PIC16LF72X ADC IPD vs. VDD 8 7 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 125°C 6 IPD (µA) 5 4 3 2 Max. 85°C 1 0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 263 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-47: PIC16F72X WDT IPD vs. VDD, VCAP = 0.1µF 18 16 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 85°C 14 12 IPD (µA) 10 Typ. 25°C 8 6 4 2 0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 5V 5.5V VDD (V) FIGURE 24-48: PIC16LF72X WDT IPD vs. VDD 3.5 3.0 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. 85°C 2.5 IPD (µA) 2.0 1.5 Typ. 25°C 1.0 0.5 0.0 1.8V 2V 2.5V 3V 3.6V VDD (V) DS41341E-page 264 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-49: TTL INPUT THRESHOLD VIN vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE 1.8 1.6 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1.4 Max. -40° VIN (V) 1.2 Typ. 25° 1 Min. 125° 0.8 0.6 0.4 1.8 3.6 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-50: SCHMITT TRIGGER INPUT THRESHOLD VIN vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE 3.5 3.0 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) VIHMax. -40°C 2.5 VIN (V) 2.0 1.5 VIHMin. 125°C 1.0 0.5 0.0 1.8 3.6 5.5 VDD (V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 265 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-51: SCHMITT TRIGGER INPUT THRESHOLD VIN vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE 3.0 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 2.5 VIL Max. -40°C VIN (V) 2.0 1.5 1.0 VIL Min. 125°C 0.5 0.0 1.8 3.6 5.5 VDD (V) FIGURE 24-52: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 5.5V 5.6 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5.5 VOH (V) 5.4 5.3 Max. -40° Typ. 25° 5.2 Min. 125° 5.1 5 -0.2 -1.0 -1.8 -2.6 -3.4 -4.2 -5.0 IOH (mA) DS41341E-page 266 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-53: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 3.6V 3.8 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 3.6 3.4 VOH (V) Max. -40° 3.2 Typ. 25° 3 Min. 125° 2.8 2.6 -0.2 -1.0 -1.8 -2.6 -3.4 -4.2 -5.0 IOH (mA) FIGURE 24-54: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 1.8V 2 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 1.8 1.6 Max. -40° 1.4 VOH (V) 1.2 Typ. 25° 1 0.8 0.6 Min. 125° 0.4 0.2 0 0.0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1.0 -1.2 -1.4 -1.6 -1.8 -2.0 IOH (mA) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 267 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-55: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 5.5V 0.5 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.45 0.4 0.35 Max. 125° VOL (V) 0.3 0.25 0.2 Typ. 25° 0.15 0.1 Min. -40° 0.05 0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 IOL (mA) FIGURE 24-56: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 3.6 0.9 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.8 0.7 0.6 Max. 125° VOL (V) 0.5 0.4 Typ. 25° 0.3 0.2 Min. -40° 0.1 0 4.0 DS41341E-page 268 5.0 6.0 7.0 IOL (mA) 8.0 9.0 10.0 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-57: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE, VDD = 1.8V 1.2 1 Maximum: Mean + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Typical: Mean @25°C Minimum: Mean - 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 0.8 VOL (V) Max. 125° 0.6 0.4 0.2 Min. -40° 0 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 IOL (mA) FIGURE 24-58: PIC16F72X PWRT PERIOD 105 95 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. -40°C TIME (ms) 85 75 Typ. 25°C 65 Min. 125°C 55 45 1.8V 2V 2.2V 2.4V 3V 3.6V 4V 4.5V 5V 5.5V VDD © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 269 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-59: PIC16F72X WDT TIME-OUT PERIOD 24.00 22.00 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) Max. -40°C 20.00 TIME (ms) 18.00 Typ. 25°C 16.00 14.00 Min. 125°C 12.00 10.00 1.8V 2V 2.2V 2.4V 3V 3.6V 4V 4.5V 5V VDD FIGURE 24-60: PIC16F72X HFINTOSC WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP START-UP TIME 6.0 5.5 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5.0 4.5 Max. TIME (us) 4.0 3.5 3.0 Typ. 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.8V 2V 3V 3.6V 4V 4.5V 5V 5.5V VDD DS41341E-page 270 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-61: PIC16F72X A/D INTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR PERIOD 6.0 Typical: Statistical Mean @25°C Maximum: Mean (Worst-Case Temp) + 3σ (-40°C to 125°C) 5.0 Period (µs) 4.0 3.0 Max. Min. 2.0 1.0 0.0 1.8V 3.6V 5.5V VDD(V) FIGURE 24-62: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE OUTPUT CURRENT, POWER MODE = HIGH 20000 Min. Sink -40°C 15000 Typ. Sink 25°C Current (nA) 10000 Max. Sink 85°C 5000 0 Min. Source 85°C -5000 Typ. Source 25°C -10000 Max. Source -40°C -15000 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.5 VDD(V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 271 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-63: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE OUTPUT CURRENT, POWER MODE = MEDIUM 3000 Max. Sink -40°C 2000 Typ. Sink 25°C 1000 Current (nA) Min. Sink 85°C 0 Min. Source 85°C -1000 Typ. Source 25°C -2000 Max. Source -40°C -3000 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.5 VDD(V) FIGURE 24-64: PIC16F72X CAP SENSE OUTPUT CURRENT, POWER MODE = LOW 600 Max. Sink 85°C 400 Typ. Sink 25°C 200 Min. Sink -40°C Current (nA) 0 Min. Source 85°C -200 Typ. Source 25°C -400 -600 Max. Source -40°C -800 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.5 VDD(V) DS41341E-page 272 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-65: PIC16F72X CAP SENSOR HYSTERESIS, POWER MODE = HIGH 700 Max. 125°C Max. 85°C 600 mV Typ. 25°C 500 Min. 0°C Min. -40°C 400 300 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD(V) FIGURE 24-66: PIC16F72X CAP SENSOR HYSTERESIS, POWER MODE = MEDIUM 550 500 Max. 125°C mV 450 Max. 85°C 400 Typ. 25°C 350 Min. 0°C 300 Min. -40°C 250 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD(V) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 273 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-67: PIC16F72X CAP SENSOR HYSTERESIS, POWER MODE = LOW 450 Max. 125°C 400 Max. 85°C mV 350 300 Typ. 25°C 250 Min. 0°C 200 Min -40°C 150 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 VDD(V) FIGURE 24-68: TYPICAL FVR (X1 AND X2) VS. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) NORMALIZED AT 3.0V 1.5 Percent Change (%) 1 0.5 0 -0.5 -1 -1.5 1.8 2.5 3 3.6 4.2 5.5 Voltage DS41341E-page 274 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X FIGURE 24-69: TYPICAL FVR CHANGE VS. TEMPERATURE NORMALIZED AT 25°C 1.5 1 Percent Change (%) 0.5 0 -0.5 -1 -1.5 -2 -2.5 -3 -40 0 45 85 125 Temperature (°C) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 275 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 276 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 25.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 25.1 Package Marking Information 28-Lead SPDIP Example PIC16F722 -I/SP e3 0810017 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 40-Lead PDIP Example XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead QFN/UQFN Legend: XX...X Y YY WW NNN e3 * * Example 16F722 -I/ML e3 0810017 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Note: PIC16F724 -I/P e3 0810017 Customer-specific information Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. Standard PICmicro® device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code and traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 277 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Package Marking Information (Continued) 44-Lead QFN XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SOIC XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SSOP XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 44-Lead TQFP XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN DS41341E-page 278 Example PIC16F724 -I/ML e3 0810017 Example PIC16F722 -I/SO e3 0810017 Example PIC16F722 -I/SS e3 0810017 Example PIC16F727 -I/PT e3 0810017 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 25.2 Package Details The following sections give the technical details of the packages. !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 N NOTE 1 E1 1 2 3 D E A2 A L c b1 A1 b e eB 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! 7,8. 7 7 7: ; < & & & = = ##44!! - 1!& & = = "#& "#>#& . - -- ##4>#& . < : 9& - -? & & 9 - 9#4!! < ) ) < 1 = = 69#>#& 9 *9#>#& : *+ 1, - !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#/!# '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! * ,1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 279 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X #$ !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 N NOTE 1 E1 1 2 3 D E A2 A L c b1 A1 b e eB 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! 7,8. 7 7 7: ; & & & = = ##44!! = 1!& & = = "#& "#>#& . = ? ##4>#& . < = < : 9& < = & & 9 = 9#4!! < = ) - = ) = - 1 = = 69#>#& 9 *9#>#& : *+ 1, !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#/!# '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! * ,?1 DS41341E-page 280 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X %&'!()$*$%&! +,-../(, !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D D2 EXPOSED PAD e E b E2 2 2 1 1 N K N NOTE 1 L BOTTOM VIEW TOP VIEW A A3 A1 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! 99.. 7 7 7: ; < & : 8& < &# %% , &&4!! - : >#& . .$ !##>#& . : 9& .$ !##9& ?1, .3 ?1, -? - ?1, -? - , &&>#& ) - - - , &&9& 9 , &&& .$ !## @ = !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# 4!!*!"&# - '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! = * ,1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 281 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X %&'!()$*$%&! +,-../(, !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 DS41341E-page 282 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ##%&'!()*%&! !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D D2 EXPOSED PAD e E E2 b 2 2 1 N 1 N NOTE 1 TOP VIEW K L BOTTOM VIEW A A3 A1 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! 99.. 7 7 7: ; & : 8& < &# %% , &&4!! - : >#& . .$ !##>#& . : 9& .$ !##9& ?1, .3 <1, ?- ? ?< <1, ?- ? , &&>#& ) - -< , &&9& 9 - , &&& .$ !## @ = !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# 4!!*!"&# - '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! ?< = * ,-1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 283 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ##%&'!()*%&! !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 DS41341E-page 284 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X 0 01'2-. 0/ !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D N E E1 NOTE 1 1 2 3 e b h α A2 A h c φ L A1 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! β L1 99.. 7 7 7: ; < & : 8& = 1, = ##44!! = = &# %%+ = - : >#& . ##4>#& . 1, : 9& 1, ? -1, ,'%A & B = 3 &9& 9 = 3 && 9 .3 3 & I C = <C 9#4!! < = -- 9#>#& ) - = #%& D C = C #%&1 && ' E C = C !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#''!# '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 285 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ,3 0 .- 0 !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D N E E1 1 2 NOTE 1 b e c A2 A φ A1 L L1 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %! 99.. 7 7 7: ; < & : 8& = ?1, = ##44!! ? < &# %% = = : >#& . < < ##4>#& . - ? : 9& 3 &9& 9 3 && 9 .3 9#4!! = 3 & C C <C 9#>#& ) = -< !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#''!# - '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,-1 DS41341E-page 286 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ##4,%&546*6*6'-4%& !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D D1 E e E1 N b NOTE 1 1 2 3 NOTE 2 α A φ c β A2 A1 L L1 6&! '! 9'&! 7"') %9#! 99.. 7 7 7: ; 9#& : 8& = <1, = ##44!! &# %% = 3 &9& 9 ? 3 && 9 .3 3 & : >#& . C 1, -C : 9& 1, ##4>#& . 1, ##49& 1, C 9#4!! = 9#>#& ) - - #%& C C -C #%&1 && ' C C -C !" !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# ,'%!& ! & D!E' - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#''!# '! #& .0 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,?1 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 287 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ##4,%&546*6*6'-4%& !" 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 DS41341E-page 288 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 289 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS41341E-page 290 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET REVISION HISTORY Revision A Original release. APPENDIX B: MIGRATING FROM OTHER PIC® DEVICES This discusses some of the issues in migrating from other PIC® devices to the PIC16F72X family of devices. Revision B Electrical Specification updates; Package Drawings; miscellaneous updates. Revision C B.1 PIC16F77 to PIC16F72X TABLE B-1: FEATURE COMPARISON Feature PIC16F77 PIC16F727 Max. Operating Speed 20 MHz 20 MHz 8K 8K Revised data sheet title; Revised Low-Power Features section; Revised Section 6.2.2.4 RA3/AN3/VREF; Revised Figure 16-8 Synchronous Reception. Max. Program Memory (Words) Max. SRAM (Bytes) 368 368 Revision D A/D Resolution 8-bit 8-bit Timers (8/16-bit) 2/1 2/1 Oscillator Modes 4 8 Removed the Preliminary Label; Updated the “Electrical Characteristics” section; Added charts in the “Char. Data” section; Deleted “Based 8-Bit CMOS” from title; Updated the “Special Microcontroller Features” section and the “Peripheral Features” section; Changed the title of the “Low Power Features” section into “Extreme Low-Power Management PIC16LF72X with nanoWatt XLP” and updated this section; Inserted new section – “Analog Features” (page 1); Changed the title of the “Peripheral Features” section into “Peripheral Highlights” and updated the section. Brown-out Reset Y Y Internal Pull-ups RB<7:0> RB<7:0> Interrupt-on-change RB<7:4> RB<7:0> 0 0 Comparator USART Y Y Extended WDT N N Software Control Option of WDT/BOR N N INTOSC Frequencies None 500 kHz 16 MHz N N Revision E Added paragraph to section 5.0 (LDO Voltage Regulator); Updated the Electrical Specifications section (Added another absolute Maximum Rating; Updated section 23.1 and Table 23-4); Updated the Pin Diagrams with the UQFN package; Updated Table 1, adding UQFN; Updated section 23.5 (Thermal Considerations); Updated the Packaging Information section adding the UQFN Package; Updated the Product Identification System section. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Clock Switching DS41341E-page 291 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X NOTES: DS41341E-page 292 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X INDEX A Receive .................................................... 164 Transmit ................................................... 163 Reception ......................................................... 164 Transmission .................................................... 163 A/D Specifications.................................................... 230, 231 Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................. 211 AC Characteristics Industrial and Extended ............................................ 222 Load Conditions ........................................................ 221 ADC .................................................................................... 99 Acquisition Requirements ......................................... 106 Associated registers.................................................. 108 Block Diagram............................................................. 99 Calculating Acquisition Time..................................... 106 Channel Selection..................................................... 100 Configuration............................................................. 100 Configuring Interrupt ................................................. 103 Conversion Clock...................................................... 100 Conversion Procedure .............................................. 103 Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance.............. 106 Interrupts................................................................... 102 Operation .................................................................. 102 Operation During Sleep ............................................ 102 Port Configuration ..................................................... 100 Reference Voltage (VREF)......................................... 100 Source Impedance.................................................... 106 Special Event Trigger................................................ 102 ADCON0 Register....................................................... 24, 104 ADCON1 Register....................................................... 25, 105 Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (AUSART)............................... 145 ADRES Register ......................................................... 24, 105 Alternate Pin Function......................................................... 53 Analog-to-Digital Converter. See ADC ANSELA Register ............................................................... 55 ANSELB Register ............................................................... 64 ANSELD Register ............................................................... 81 ANSELE Register ............................................................... 86 APFCON Register......................................................... 25, 53 Assembler MPASM Assembler................................................... 208 AUSART ........................................................................... 145 Associated Registers Baud Rate Generator........................................ 156 Asynchronous Mode ................................................. 147 Associated Registers Receive..................................................... 153 Transmit.................................................... 149 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ............................ 156 Receiver............................................................ 150 Setting up 9-bit Mode with Address Detect....... 152 Transmitter........................................................ 147 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) Baud Rate Error, Calculating ............................ 156 Baud Rates, Asynchronous Modes .................. 157 Formulas ........................................................... 156 High Baud Rate Select (BRGH Bit) .................. 156 Synchronous Master Mode ............................... 159, 163 Associated Registers Receive..................................................... 162 Transmit.................................................... 160 Reception.......................................................... 161 Transmission .................................................... 159 Synchronous Slave Mode Associated Registers © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. B BF bit ........................................................................ 175, 187 Block Diagram Capacitive Sensing................................................... 129 Block Diagrams (CCP) Capture Mode Operation ............................... 137 ADC ............................................................................ 99 ADC Transfer Function............................................. 107 Analog Input Model................................................... 107 AUSART Receive ..................................................... 146 AUSART Transmit .................................................... 145 CCP PWM ................................................................ 141 Clock Source .............................................................. 89 Compare................................................................... 139 Crystal Operation........................................................ 93 External RC Mode ...................................................... 94 Interrupt Logic............................................................. 43 MCLR Circuit .............................................................. 35 On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 33 PIC16F722/723/726/PIC16LF722/723/726 ................ 14 PIC16F724/727/PIC16LF724/727 .............................. 15 RA0 Pins..................................................................... 57 RA4 Pin ...................................................................... 58 RA5 Pin ...................................................................... 59 RA6 Pin ...................................................................... 60 RA7 Pin ...................................................................... 60 RB0 Pin ...................................................................... 66 RB3 Pin ...................................................................... 68 RB4, RB2, RB1 Pins................................................... 67 RB5 Pin ...................................................................... 69 RB6 Pin ...................................................................... 70 RB7 Pin ...................................................................... 71 RC0 Pin ...................................................................... 75 RC1 Pin ...................................................................... 75 RC2 Pin ...................................................................... 76 RC3 Pin ...................................................................... 76 RC4 Pin ...................................................................... 77 RC5 Pin ...................................................................... 77 RC6 Pin ...................................................................... 78 RC7 Pin ...................................................................... 78 RD Pins ...................................................................... 82 RE Pins....................................................................... 88 RE3 Pin ...................................................................... 88 Resonator Operation .................................................. 94 SPI Mode.................................................................. 168 SSP (I2C Mode)........................................................ 177 Timer1 .............................................. 115, 121, 122, 123 Timer2 ...................................................................... 127 TMR0/WDT Prescaler .............................................. 111 Brown-out Reset (BOR)...................................................... 37 Specifications ........................................................... 228 Timing and Characteristics ....................................... 227 C C Compilers MPLAB C18.............................................................. 208 MPLAB C30.............................................................. 208 Capacitive Sensing ........................................................... 129 Associated registers w/ Capacitive Sensing............. 134 DS41341E-page 293 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Capture Module. See Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)......................................... 135 Associated registers w/ Capture ............................... 138 Associated registers w/ Compare ............................. 140 Associated registers w/ PWM ................................... 144 Capture Mode ........................................................... 137 CCPx Pin Configuration ............................................ 137 Compare Mode ......................................................... 139 CCPx Pin Configuration .................................... 139 Software Interrupt Mode ........................... 137, 139 Special Event Trigger........................................ 139 Timer1 Mode Selection ............................. 137, 139 Interaction of Two CCP Modules (table) ................... 135 Prescaler ................................................................... 137 PWM Mode ............................................................... 141 Duty Cycle......................................................... 142 Effects of Reset................................................. 143 Example PWM Frequencies and Resolutions, 20 MHZ ................................ 143 Example PWM Frequencies and Resolutions, 8 MHz................................... 143 Operation in Sleep Mode .................................. 143 Setup for Operation........................................... 143 System Clock Frequency Changes................... 143 PWM Period .............................................................. 142 Setup for PWM Operation ......................................... 143 Timer Resources....................................................... 135 CCP. See Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) CCP1CON Register ............................................................ 24 CCP2CON Register ............................................................ 24 CCPR1H Register ............................................................... 24 CCPR1L Register................................................................ 24 CCPR2H Register ............................................................... 24 CCPR2L Register................................................................ 24 CCPxCON Register .......................................................... 136 CKE bit ...................................................................... 175, 187 CKP bit ...................................................................... 174, 186 Clock Sources External Modes ........................................................... 93 EC ....................................................................... 93 HS ....................................................................... 93 LP........................................................................ 93 OST..................................................................... 93 RC....................................................................... 94 XT ....................................................................... 93 Code Examples A/D Conversion ......................................................... 103 Call of a Subroutine in Page 1 from Page 0................ 30 Changing Between Capture Prescalers .................... 137 Indirect Addressing ..................................................... 31 Initializing PORTA ....................................................... 54 Initializing PORTB ....................................................... 62 Initializing PORTC....................................................... 73 Initializing PORTD....................................................... 80 Initializing PORTE ....................................................... 84 Loading the SSPBUF (SSPSR) Register .................. 170 Saving W, STATUS and PCLATH Registers in RAM ................................................................ 45 Comparators C2OUT as T1 Gate ................................................... 118 Compare Module. See Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) CONFIG1 Register........................................................ 95, 96 CPSCON0 Register .......................................................... 133 CPSCON1 Register .......................................................... 134 Customer Change Notification Service ............................. 299 DS41341E-page 294 Customer Notification Service .......................................... 299 Customer Support............................................................. 299 D D/A bit ............................................................................... 187 Data Memory ...................................................................... 20 Data/Address bit (D/A)...................................................... 187 DC and AC Characteristics............................................... 241 DC Characteristics Extended and Industrial ............................................ 218 Industrial and Extended ............................................ 212 Development Support ....................................................... 207 Device Configuration .......................................................... 95 Code Protection .......................................................... 97 Configuration Word..................................................... 95 User ID ....................................................................... 97 Device Overview................................................................. 13 E Effects of Reset PWM mode ............................................................... 143 Electrical Specifications .................................................... 211 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Specifications ........................................................... 230 Errata .................................................................................. 12 F Firmware Instructions ....................................................... 197 Fixed Voltage Reference. See FVR FSR Register ................................................................ 24, 25 Fuses. See Configuration Bits FVR................................................................................... 109 FVRCON Register ...................................................... 25, 109 G General Purpose Register File ........................................... 20 I I2C Mode Associated Registers ................................................ 188 INDF Register ............................................................... 24, 25 Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers ................... 31 Instruction Format............................................................. 197 Instruction Set................................................................... 197 ADDLW..................................................................... 199 ADDWF..................................................................... 199 ANDLW..................................................................... 199 ANDWF..................................................................... 199 MOVF ....................................................................... 202 BCF .......................................................................... 199 BSF........................................................................... 199 BTFSC ...................................................................... 199 BTFSS ...................................................................... 200 CALL......................................................................... 200 CLRF ........................................................................ 200 CLRW ....................................................................... 200 CLRWDT .................................................................. 200 COMF ....................................................................... 200 DECF ........................................................................ 200 DECFSZ ................................................................... 201 GOTO ....................................................................... 201 INCF ......................................................................... 201 INCFSZ..................................................................... 201 IORLW ...................................................................... 201 IORWF...................................................................... 201 MOVLW .................................................................... 202 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X MOVWF .................................................................... 202 NOP .......................................................................... 202 RETFIE ..................................................................... 203 RETLW ..................................................................... 203 RETURN ................................................................... 203 RLF ........................................................................... 204 RRF........................................................................... 204 SLEEP ...................................................................... 204 SUBLW ..................................................................... 204 SUBWF ..................................................................... 205 SWAPF ..................................................................... 205 XORLW..................................................................... 205 XORWF..................................................................... 205 Summary Table......................................................... 198 INTCON Register ................................................................ 46 Internal Oscillator Block INTOSC Specifications.................................................... 225 Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance ...................... 106 Internet Address................................................................ 299 Interrupts ............................................................................. 43 ADC .......................................................................... 103 Associated registers w/ Interrupts............................... 50 Interrupt-on-Change.................................................... 62 TMR1 ........................................................................ 120 INTOSC Specifications ..................................................... 225 IOCB Register ..................................................................... 64 L Load Conditions ................................................................ 221 M MCLR .................................................................................. 35 Internal ........................................................................ 35 Memory Organization.......................................................... 19 Data ............................................................................ 20 Program ...................................................................... 19 Microchip Internet Web Site .............................................. 299 Migrating from other PIC Microcontroller Devices............. 291 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ................... 208 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ................................... 209 MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator .................................................... 209 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software .. 207 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 209 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System................. 209 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................ 208 O OPCODE Field Descriptions ............................................. 197 OPTION Register ................................................................ 28 OPTION_REG Register .................................................... 113 OSCCON Register .............................................................. 91 Oscillator Associated registers............................................ 94, 126 Oscillator Module EC ............................................................................... 89 HS ............................................................................... 89 INTOSC ...................................................................... 89 INTOSCIO................................................................... 89 LP................................................................................ 89 Oscillator Tuning ......................................................... 92 RC............................................................................... 89 RCIO ........................................................................... 89 XT ............................................................................... 89 Oscillator Parameters ....................................................... 225 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. Oscillator Specifications.................................................... 224 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) Specifications ........................................................... 228 OSCTUNE Register............................................................ 92 P P (Stop) bit........................................................................ 187 Packaging ......................................................................... 277 Marking............................................................. 277, 278 PDIP Details ............................................................. 279 Paging, Program Memory................................................... 30 PCL and PCLATH............................................................... 30 Computed GOTO ....................................................... 30 Stack........................................................................... 30 PCL Register ................................................................ 24, 25 PCLATH Register ......................................................... 24, 25 PCON Register ....................................................... 25, 29, 38 PICSTART Plus Development Programmer..................... 210 PIE1 Register ............................................................... 25, 47 PIE2 Register ............................................................... 25, 48 Pin Diagram PIC16F722/723/726, 28-pin PDIP/SOIC/ SSOP/QFN/UQFN................................................ 5 PIC16F724/727, 40-pin PDIP ....................................... 7 PIC16F724/727, 44-pin QFN........................................ 9 PIC16F724/727, 44-pin TQFP...................................... 8 Pinout Descriptions PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X ........................................... 16 PIR1 Register ............................................................... 24, 49 PIR2 Register ............................................................... 24, 50 PMADRH Register............................................................ 191 PMADRL Register ............................................................ 191 PMCON1 Register .............................................. 26, 190, 191 PMDATH Register ............................................................ 190 PMDATL Register............................................................. 190 PORTA ............................................................................... 54 ANSELA Register ....................................................... 55 Associated Registers.................................................. 61 Pin Descriptions and Diagrams .................................. 56 PORTA Register......................................................... 24 RA0............................................................................. 56 RA1............................................................................. 56 RA2............................................................................. 56 RA3............................................................................. 56 RA4............................................................................. 56 RA5............................................................................. 56 RA6............................................................................. 56 RA7............................................................................. 56 Specifications ........................................................... 226 PORTA Register ................................................................. 54 PORTB ............................................................................... 62 Additional Pin Functions ANSELB Register ............................................... 62 Weak Pull-up ...................................................... 62 Associated Registers.................................................. 72 Interrupt-on-Change ................................................... 62 P1B/P1C/P1D.See Enhanced Capture/Compare/ PWM+ (ECCP+) ................................................. 62 Pin Descriptions and Diagrams .................................. 65 PORTB Register......................................................... 24 RB0............................................................................. 65 RB1............................................................................. 65 RB2............................................................................. 65 RB3............................................................................. 65 RB4............................................................................. 65 RB5............................................................................. 65 DS41341E-page 295 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X RB6 ............................................................................. 65 RB7 ............................................................................. 65 PORTB Register ................................................................. 63 PORTC................................................................................ 73 Associated Registers .................................................. 79 P1A.See Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM+ (ECCP+) ............................................................. 73 PORTC Register ......................................................... 24 RC0 ............................................................................. 74 RC2 ............................................................................. 74 RC3 ............................................................................. 74 RC4 ............................................................................. 74 RC5 ............................................................................. 74 RC6 ............................................................................. 74 RC7 ............................................................................. 74 Specifications ............................................................ 226 PORTC Register ................................................................. 73 PORTD................................................................................ 80 Additional Pin Functions ANSELD Register ............................................... 80 Associated Registers .................................................. 83 P1B/P1C/P1D.See Enhanced Capture/Compare/ PWM+ (ECCP+).................................................. 80 PORTD Register ......................................................... 24 RD6 ............................................................................. 82 PORTD Register ................................................................. 80 PORTE................................................................................ 84 Associated Registers .................................................. 86 PORTE Register ......................................................... 24 RE0 ............................................................................. 87 RE1 ............................................................................. 87 RE2 ............................................................................. 87 RE3 ............................................................................. 87 PORTE Register ................................................................. 85 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ............................................... 193 Associated Registers ................................................ 194 Power-on Reset .................................................................. 35 Power-up Timer (PWRT)..................................................... 35 Specifications ............................................................ 228 PR2 Register............................................................... 25, 176 Precision Internal Oscillator Parameters........................... 225 Prescaler Shared WDT/Timer0 ................................................. 112 Product Identification System............................................ 301 Program Memory ................................................................ 19 Map and Stack (PIC16F722/LF722) ........................... 19 Map and Stack (PIC16F723/LF723 and PIC16F724/LF724) ............................................. 19 Map and Stack (PIC16F726/LF726 and PIC16F727/LF727) ............................................. 20 Paging ......................................................................... 30 Program Memory Read (PMR) ......................................... 189 Associated Registers ................................................ 191 Programming, Device Instructions .................................... 197 R R/W bit .............................................................................. 187 RCREG ............................................................................. 152 RCREG Register................................................................. 24 RCSTA Register.......................................................... 24, 155 Reader Response ............................................................. 300 Read-Modify-Write Operations.......................................... 197 Receive Overflow Indicator bit (SSPOV)................... 174, 186 Registers ADCON0 (ADC Control 0) ........................................ 104 ADCON1 (ADC Control 1) ........................................ 105 DS41341E-page 296 ADRES (ADC Result) ............................................... 105 ANSELA (PORTA Analog Select)............................... 55 ANSELB (PORTB Analog Select)............................... 64 ANSELD (PORTD Analog Select) .............................. 81 ANSELE (PORTE Analog Select)............................... 86 APFCON (Alternate Pin Function Control) ................. 53 CCPxCON (CCP Operation)..................................... 136 CONFIG1 (Configuration Word Register 1) .......... 95, 96 CPSCON0 (Capacitive Sensing Control Register 0) 133 CPSCON1 (Capacitive Sensing Control Register 1) 134 FVRCON (Fixed Voltage Reference Register) ......... 109 INTCON (Interrupt Control)......................................... 46 IOCB (Interrupt-on-Change PORTB).......................... 64 OPTION_REG (OPTION) ........................................... 28 OPTION_REG (Option) ............................................ 113 OSCCON (Oscillator Control) ..................................... 91 OSCTUNE (Oscillator Tuning).................................... 92 PCON (Power Control Register)................................. 29 PCON (Power Control) ............................................... 38 PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1)........................... 47 PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2)........................... 48 PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Register 1) ........................ 49 PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 2) ........................ 50 PMADRH (Program Memory Address High) ............ 191 PMADRL (Program Memory Address Low).............. 191 PMCON1 (Program Memory Control 1).................... 190 PMDATH (Program Memory Data High) .................. 190 PMDATL (Program Memory Data Low).................... 190 PORTA ....................................................................... 54 PORTB ....................................................................... 63 PORTC ....................................................................... 73 PORTD ....................................................................... 80 PORTE ....................................................................... 85 RCSTA (Receive Status and Control) ...................... 155 Reset Values .............................................................. 40 Reset Values (Special Registers) ............................... 42 Special Function Register Map PIC16F722/LF722 .............................................. 21 PIC16F723/LF723 and PIC16F724/LF724......... 22 PIC16F726/LF726 and PIC16F727/LF727......... 23 Special Function, Summary........................................ 24 SSPCON (Sync Serial Port Control) Register .. 174, 186 SSPSTAT (Sync Serial Port Status) Register... 175, 187 STATUS ..................................................................... 27 T1CON (Timer1 Control) .......................................... 124 T1GCON (Timer1 Gate Control)............................... 125 T2CON ..................................................................... 128 TRISA (Tri-State PORTA)........................................... 54 TRISB (Tri-State PORTB)........................................... 63 TRISC (Tri-State PORTC) .......................................... 73 TRISD (Tri-State PORTD) .......................................... 81 TRISE (Tri-State PORTE)........................................... 85 TXSTA (Transmit Status and Control) ...................... 154 WPUB (Weak Pull-up PORTB)................................... 64 Reset .................................................................................. 33 Resets Associated Registers .................................................. 42 Revision History................................................................ 291 S S (Start) bit........................................................................ 187 SMP bit ..................................................................... 175, 187 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) .................................... 208 SPBRG ............................................................................. 156 SPBRG Register................................................................. 25 Special Event Trigger ....................................................... 102 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Special Function Registers ................................................. 20 Special Function Registers (SFRs) ..................................... 24 SPI Mode .......................................................................... 173 Associated Registers ................................................ 176 Typical Master/Slave Connection ............................. 167 SSP ................................................................................... 167 I2C Mode................................................................... 177 Acknowledge .................................................... 178 Addressing ........................................................ 179 Clock Stretching................................................ 184 Clock Synchronization ...................................... 185 Firmware Master Mode ..................................... 184 Hardware Setup ................................................ 177 Multi-Master Mode ............................................ 184 Reception.......................................................... 180 Sleep Operation ................................................ 185 Start/Stop Conditions ........................................ 178 Transmission .................................................... 182 Master Mode ............................................................. 169 SPI Mode .................................................................. 167 Slave Mode ....................................................... 171 Typical SPI Master/Slave Connection....................... 167 SSPADD Register ............................................................... 25 SSPBUF Register ............................................................... 24 SSPCON Register .............................................. 24, 174, 186 SSPEN bit ................................................................. 174, 186 SSPM bits ................................................................. 174, 186 SSPMSK Register............................................................... 25 SSPOV bit ................................................................. 174, 186 SSPSTAT Register ............................................. 25, 175, 187 STATUS Register ............................................................... 27 Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit (SSPEN)........... 174, 186 Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits (SSPM) .. 174, 186 T T1CON Register ......................................................... 24, 124 TMR1ON Bit.............................................................. 125 T1GCON Register............................................................. 125 T2CON Register ................................................. 24, 128, 176 Thermal Considerations .................................................... 220 Time-out Sequence............................................................. 38 Timer0 ............................................................................... 111 Associated Registers ................................................ 113 Interrupt..................................................................... 113 Operation .......................................................... 111, 116 Specifications............................................................ 229 Timer1 ............................................................................... 115 Associated registers.................................................. 126 Asynchronous Counter Mode ................................... 117 Reading and Writing ......................................... 117 Interrupt..................................................................... 120 Modes of Operation .................................................. 116 Module On/Off (TMR1ON Bit)................................... 125 Operation During Sleep ............................................ 120 Oscillator ................................................................... 117 Prescaler................................................................... 117 Specifications............................................................ 229 Timer1 Gate Selecting Source............................................... 118 TMR1H Register ....................................................... 115 TMR1L Register........................................................ 115 Timer2 Associated registers.................................................. 128 Timers Timer1 T1CON.............................................................. 124 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. T1GCON........................................................... 125 Timer2 T2CON ............................................................. 128 Timing Diagrams A/D Conversion ........................................................ 231 A/D Conversion (Sleep Mode).................................. 232 Asynchronous Reception.......................................... 152 Asynchronous Transmission .................................... 148 Asynchronous Transmission (Back-to-Back)............ 148 Brown-out Reset (BOR)............................................ 227 Brown-out Reset Situations ........................................ 37 CLKOUT and I/O ...................................................... 225 Clock Synchronization .............................................. 185 Clock Timing............................................................. 222 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)............. 230 I2C Bus Data............................................................. 237 I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................. 236 I2C Reception (7-bit Address)................................... 180 I2C Slave Mode with SEN = 0 (Reception, 10-bit Address) ................................................. 181 I2C Transmission (7-bit Address) ............................. 182 INT Pin Interrupt ......................................................... 44 Reset, WDT, OST and Power-up Timer ................... 226 Slave Select Synchronization ................................... 173 SPI Master Mode...................................................... 170 SPI Master Mode (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) ..................... 234 SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 0)...................... 172 SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 1)...................... 172 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ....................................... 235 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ....................................... 235 Synchronous Reception (Master Mode, SREN) ....... 162 Synchronous Transmission ...................................... 160 Synchronous Transmission (Through TXEN) ........... 160 Time-out Sequence Case 1 ................................................................ 39 Case 2 ................................................................ 39 Case 3 ................................................................ 39 Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock ........................... 229 Timer1 Incrementing Edge ....................................... 120 USART Synchronous Receive (Master/Slave) ......... 233 USART Synchronous Transmission (Master/Slave). 232 Wake-up from Interrupt............................................. 194 Timing Parameter Symbology .......................................... 221 Timing Requirements I2C Bus Data............................................................. 238 I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits............................................. 237 SPI Mode.................................................................. 236 TMR0 Register.................................................................... 24 TMR1H Register ................................................................. 24 TMR1L Register.................................................................. 24 TMR2 Register.................................................................... 24 TMRO Register................................................................... 26 TRISA ................................................................................. 54 TRISA Register............................................................. 25, 54 TRISB ................................................................................. 62 TRISB Register............................................................. 25, 63 TRISC ................................................................................. 73 TRISC Register............................................................. 25, 73 TRISD ................................................................................. 80 TRISD Register............................................................. 25, 81 TRISE ................................................................................. 84 TRISE Register............................................................. 25, 85 TXREG ............................................................................. 147 TXREG Register ................................................................. 24 TXSTA Register.......................................................... 25, 154 DS41341E-page 297 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X BRGH Bit .................................................................. 156 U UA ..................................................................................... 187 Update Address bit, UA..................................................... 187 USART Synchronous Master Mode Requirements, Synchronous Receive............... 233 Requirements, Synchronous Transmission ...... 232 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Receive............ 233 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Transmission ... 232 V VREF. SEE ADC Reference Voltage W Wake-up Using Interrupts ................................................. 194 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ...................................................... 35 Clock Source............................................................... 35 Modes ......................................................................... 36 Period.......................................................................... 35 Specifications ............................................................ 228 WCOL bit................................................................... 174, 186 WPUB Register ................................................................... 64 Write Collision Detect bit (WCOL)............................. 174, 186 WWW Address.................................................................. 299 WWW, On-Line Support...................................................... 12 DS41341E-page 298 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE CUSTOMER SUPPORT Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: • Product Support – Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user’s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software • General Technical Support – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing • Business of Microchip – Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives • • • • • Distributor or Representative Local Sales Office Field Application Engineer (FAE) Technical Support Development Systems Information Line Customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://support.microchip.com CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION SERVICE Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com, click on Customer Change Notification and follow the registration instructions. © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 299 PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. To: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________ From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y N Device: PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X Literature Number: DS41341E Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? DS41341E-page 300 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16F72X/PIC16LF72X PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. PART NO. X /XX XXX Device Temperature Range Package Pattern Examples: a) b) Device: PIC16F722, PIC16LF722, PIC16F722T, PIC16LF722T(1) PIC16F723, PIC16LF723, PIC16F723T, PIC16LF723T(1) PIC16F724, PIC16LF724, PIC16F724T, PIC16LF724T(1) PIC16F726, PIC16LF726, PIC16F726T, PIC16LF726T(1) PIC16F727, PIC16LF727, PIC16F727T, PIC16LF727T(1) Temperature Range: I E MV = = = -40°C to +85°C -40°C to +125°C Micro Lead Frame (UQFN) Package: ML P PT SO SP SS = = = = = = Micro Lead Frame (QFN) Plastic DIP TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) SOIC Skinny Plastic DIP SSOP Pattern: PIC16F722-E/SP 301 = Extended Temp., skinny PDIP package, QTP pattern #301 PIC16F722-I/SO = Industrial Temp., SOIC package Note 1: T = In tape and reel. 3-Digit Pattern Code for QTP (blank otherwise) © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc. DS41341E-page 301 WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://support.microchip.com Web Address: www.microchip.com Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tower 6, The Gateway Harbour City, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Fax: 91-80-3090-4080 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 Fax: 91-11-4160-8632 Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Japan - Yokohama Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Cleveland Independence, OH Tel: 216-447-0464 Fax: 216-447-0643 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Kokomo Kokomo, IN Tel: 765-864-8360 Fax: 765-864-8387 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara, CA Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 408-961-6445 Toronto Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8528-2100 Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-6201-9857 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Fax: 60-4-227-4068 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Fax: 86-21-5407-5066 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Fax: 63-2-634-9069 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-6578-300 Fax: 886-3-6578-370 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-536-4818 Fax: 886-7-536-4803 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 Fax: 86-592-2388130 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2500-6610 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Fax: 66-2-694-1350 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5869 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 Fax: 86-756-3210049 03/26/09 DS41341E-page 302 © 2009 Microchip Technology Inc.